[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI773975B - Sulfonium compound, chemically amplified resist composition, and patterning process - Google Patents

Sulfonium compound, chemically amplified resist composition, and patterning process Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI773975B
TWI773975B TW109110957A TW109110957A TWI773975B TW I773975 B TWI773975 B TW I773975B TW 109110957 A TW109110957 A TW 109110957A TW 109110957 A TW109110957 A TW 109110957A TW I773975 B TWI773975 B TW I773975B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
formula
carbon atoms
hydrocarbon group
bond
Prior art date
Application number
TW109110957A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW202043193A (en
Inventor
福島將大
大橋正樹
片山和弘
計良祐紀
Original Assignee
日商信越化學工業股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商信越化學工業股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商信越化學工業股份有限公司
Publication of TW202043193A publication Critical patent/TW202043193A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI773975B publication Critical patent/TWI773975B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D319/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D319/041,3-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,3-dioxanes
    • C07D319/061,3-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,3-dioxanes not condensed with other rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/10Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/18Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/19Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton with singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C309/00Sulfonic acids; Halides, esters, or anhydrides thereof
    • C07C309/01Sulfonic acids
    • C07C309/02Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C309/03Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/07Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton containing oxygen atoms bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/12Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton containing oxygen atoms bound to the carbon skeleton containing esterified hydroxy groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/01Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and halogen atoms, or nitro or nitroso groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/09Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and halogen atoms, or nitro or nitroso groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having sulfur atoms of thio groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C381/00Compounds containing carbon and sulfur and having functional groups not covered by groups C07C301/00 - C07C337/00
    • C07C381/12Sulfonium compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D317/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D317/08Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3
    • C07D317/10Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 not condensed with other rings
    • C07D317/14Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 3 not condensed with other rings with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D317/18Radicals substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D321/00Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D317/00 - C07D319/00
    • C07D321/02Seven-membered rings
    • C07D321/04Seven-membered rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D321/061,3-Dioxepines; Hydrogenated 1,3-dioxepines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/46Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings substituted on the ring sulfur atom
    • C07D333/48Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings substituted on the ring sulfur atom by oxygen atoms
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0048Photosensitive materials characterised by the solvents or agents facilitating spreading, e.g. tensio-active agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0382Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified negative photoresist composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • G03F7/0397Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/11Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having cover layers or intermediate layers, e.g. subbing layers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2002Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image
    • G03F7/2004Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image characterised by the use of a particular light source, e.g. fluorescent lamps or deep UV light
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2002Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image
    • G03F7/2004Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image characterised by the use of a particular light source, e.g. fluorescent lamps or deep UV light
    • G03F7/2006Exposure; Apparatus therefor with visible light or UV light, through an original having an opaque pattern on a transparent support, e.g. film printing, projection printing; by reflection of visible or UV light from an original such as a printed image characterised by the use of a particular light source, e.g. fluorescent lamps or deep UV light using coherent light; using polarised light
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2037Exposure with X-ray radiation or corpuscular radiation, through a mask with a pattern opaque to that radiation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/2041Exposure; Apparatus therefor in the presence of a fluid, e.g. immersion; using fluid cooling means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • G03F7/322Aqueous alkaline compositions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • G03F7/325Non-aqueous compositions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70216Mask projection systems
    • G03F7/70341Details of immersion lithography aspects, e.g. exposure media or control of immersion liquid supply
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2603/00Systems containing at least three condensed rings
    • C07C2603/56Ring systems containing bridged rings
    • C07C2603/58Ring systems containing bridged rings containing three rings
    • C07C2603/70Ring systems containing bridged rings containing three rings containing only six-membered rings
    • C07C2603/74Adamantanes

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Compounds That Contain Two Or More Ring Oxygen Atoms (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

A novel sulfonium compound of formula (A) and a chemically amplified resist composition comprising the same as a PAG are provided. When processed by photolithography using KrF or ArF excimer laser, EB or EUV, the resist composition has a high sensitivity and reduced acid diffusion and is improved in lithography properties.

Description

鋶化合物、化學增幅光阻組成物、以及圖案形成方法Peronium compound, chemically amplified photoresist composition, and pattern forming method

本發明關於鋶化合物、化學增幅光阻組成物、及圖案形成方法。 The present invention relates to a peronium compound, a chemically amplified photoresist composition, and a pattern forming method.

近年來伴隨LSI之高整合化與高速化,要求圖案規則之微細化,於此當中,遠紫外線微影及極紫外線(EUV)微影被視為有希望的次世代之微細加工技術。其中,使用ArF準分子雷射的光微影於0.13μm以下之超微細加工係不可欠缺的技術。 In recent years, along with the high integration and high speed of LSI, the miniaturization of pattern rules is required. Among them, far-ultraviolet lithography and extreme ultraviolet (EUV) lithography are regarded as promising next-generation microfabrication technologies. Among them, photolithography using an ArF excimer laser is an indispensable technique for ultra-fine processing of 0.13 μm or less.

ArF微影從130nm節點之器件製作開始有部分會使用,從90nm節點器件開始成為主要的微影技術。作為下一45nm節點之微影技術,起初使用F2雷射的157nm微影被視為有前景,但因為各種問題被指摘開發延宕,故藉由在投影透鏡與晶圓之間插入水、乙二醇、甘油等比起空氣有更高折射率的液體從而可將投影透鏡之開口數(NA)設計為1.0以上並能達成高解析度之ArF浸潤式微影快速崛起(非 專利文獻1),並已處於實用階段。為了進行該浸潤式微影,尋求不易溶出於水的光阻組成物。 ArF lithography has been partially used since the manufacture of devices at the 130nm node, and it has become the main lithography technology from the 90nm node device. As the lithography technology of the next 45nm node, 157nm lithography using F 2 laser was initially regarded as promising, but due to various problems, it was accused of delaying development. Liquids with higher refractive index than air such as glycol and glycerin can design the aperture number (NA) of the projection lens to be 1.0 or more and achieve high-resolution ArF immersion lithography (Non-Patent Document 1), and is in the practical stage. In order to perform this immersion lithography, a photoresist composition that is not easily dissolved in water is sought.

ArF微影中,為了防止精密且昂貴的光學系材料劣化,尋求以較少曝光量即可發揮充分解析性的高感度之光阻組成物。就實現方法而言,一般係選擇在波長193nm為高透明者作為其各成分。例如針對基礎樹脂有人提出聚丙烯酸及其衍生物、降莰烯-馬來酸酐交替聚合物、聚降莰烯及開環複分解聚合物、開環複分解聚合物氫化物等,在提高樹脂本身之透明性方面已獲得某程度的成果。 In ArF lithography, in order to prevent the deterioration of precise and expensive optical system materials, a high-sensitivity photoresist composition that can exhibit sufficient resolution with a small exposure amount is required. In terms of the realization method, generally, those that are highly transparent at a wavelength of 193 nm are selected as the respective components. For example, for the base resin, it has been proposed that polyacrylic acid and its derivatives, norbornene-maleic anhydride alternating polymers, polynorbornene and ring-opening metathesis polymers, ring-opening metathesis polymer hydrides, etc., can improve the transparency of the resin itself. Sexuality has achieved some degree of success.

近年來,利用鹼水溶液顯影之正調光阻和利用有機溶劑顯影之負調光阻均受到關注。為了利用負調曝光將以正調無法達成之非常微細的孔圖案予以解析,係以使用高解析性之正型光阻組成物的有機溶劑顯影來形成負圖案。另外,也有人探討藉由組合鹼水溶液顯影與有機溶劑顯影之2次的顯影,來獲得2倍的解析力。作為利用有機溶劑之負調顯影用ArF光阻組成物,可使用習知型的正型ArF光阻組成物,而使用其的圖案形成方法記載於專利文獻1~3。 In recent years, both positive dimming photoresist developed with alkaline aqueous solution and negative dimming photoresist developed with organic solvent have attracted attention. In order to analyze a very fine hole pattern that cannot be achieved by positive tone exposure by negative tone exposure, a negative pattern is formed by organic solvent development using a high-resolution positive photoresist composition. In addition, it has also been considered to obtain twice the resolving power by combining the two-time development of the alkaline aqueous solution development and the organic solvent development. As the ArF photoresist composition for negative tone development using an organic solvent, a conventional positive type ArF photoresist composition can be used, and the pattern forming method using the same is described in Patent Documents 1 to 3.

為了適應近年的急速微細化,處理技術和光阻組成物的開發亦日益進步。也有各種關於光酸產生劑的研究,一般使用由三苯基鋶陽離子與全氟烷磺酸陰離子構成之鋶鹽。但是,所產生的酸即全氟烷磺酸,尤其全氟辛烷磺酸(PFOS)有難分解性、生物濃縮性、毒性的顧慮,難應用在光阻組成物,目前使用會產生全氟丁烷磺酸的光酸產生劑。但是將其使用在光阻組成物的話,所產生的酸的擴散大,難以達成高解析性。針對該問題,已開發出各種部分經氟取代之烷磺酸及其鹽,例如專利文獻1中,就習知技術而言記載了利用曝光產生α,α-二氟烷磺酸的光酸產生劑,具體而言記載了1,1-二氟-2-(1-萘基)乙磺酸二(4-第三丁基 苯基)錪、產生α,α,β,β-四氟烷磺酸的光酸產生劑。惟,該等的氟取代率雖均下降,但由於不具有酯結構等可分解的取代基,就因易分解性所獲致之環境安全性的觀點係不充分,而且,為了使烷磺酸的大小變化的分子設計有限制,又,存有含氟原子的起始物質昂貴等的問題。 In order to cope with the rapid miniaturization in recent years, the development of processing technology and photoresist composition has also been advanced. There are also various studies on photoacid generators, and generally, a perylium salt composed of a triphenyl perionium cation and a perfluoroalkanesulfonic acid anion is used. However, the generated acid, namely perfluoroalkane sulfonic acid, especially perfluorooctane sulfonic acid (PFOS), has concerns about refractory decomposability, bioconcentration, and toxicity, and is difficult to apply to photoresist compositions. Photoacid generator of alkanesulfonic acid. However, when it is used in a photoresist composition, the diffusion of the generated acid is large, and it is difficult to achieve high resolution. In response to this problem, various partially fluorine-substituted alkanesulfonic acids and salts thereof have been developed. For example, Patent Document 1 describes the generation of photoacids that generate α,α-difluoroalkanesulfonic acid by exposure as a conventional technique. Specifically, 1,1-difluoro-2-(1-naphthyl)ethanesulfonic acid di(4-tert-butyl) was described Phenyl) iodonium, a photoacid generator that produces α,α,β,β-tetrafluoroalkanesulfonic acid. However, although these fluorine substitution ratios are all reduced, since they do not have decomposable substituents such as ester structures, they are not sufficient from the viewpoint of environmental safety due to easy decomposability. There is a limit to molecular design of varying size, and there are problems such as expensive starting materials containing fluorine atoms.

又,伴隨電路線寬的縮小,在光阻組成物中因為酸擴散導致對比度劣化的影響更為嚴重。原因在於圖案尺寸趨近酸擴散長度,故相對於遮罩之尺寸偏移之值的晶圓上之尺寸偏移(遮罩誤差因子(MEF))變大,導致遮罩忠實性降低、圖案矩形性劣化。故為了充分受惠光源之短波長化及高NA化而得之益處,須比習知材料更加增大溶解對比度、或抑制酸擴散。作為改善對策之一,若降低烘烤溫度則酸擴散會減小,就結果而言可改善MEF,但必然會導致低感度化。 In addition, with the reduction of circuit line width, the influence of contrast deterioration due to acid diffusion in the photoresist composition is more serious. The reason is that the size of the pattern approaches the acid diffusion length, so the size shift on the wafer relative to the value of the size shift of the mask (the mask error factor (MEF)) becomes larger, resulting in reduced mask fidelity and a rectangular pattern. Sexual deterioration. Therefore, in order to fully benefit from the advantages of the shorter wavelength and higher NA of the light source, it is necessary to increase the dissolution contrast or suppress the acid diffusion more than the conventional materials. As one of the improvement measures, when the baking temperature is lowered, the acid diffusion is reduced, and as a result, the MEF can be improved, but the sensitivity is inevitably lowered.

於光酸產生劑導入大體積的取代基、極性基的話,對於酸擴散的抑制係有效。專利文獻4中記載了對於光阻溶劑之溶解性、穩定性優異,且可進行寬範圍分子設計的會產生2-醯氧基-1,1,3,3,3-五氟丙烷-1-磺酸的光酸產生劑,尤其會產生導入了大體積的取代基之2-(1-金剛烷氧基)-1,1,3,3,3-五氟丙烷-1-磺酸的光酸產生劑的酸擴散小。又,專利文獻5~7中記載導入了縮合環內酯、磺內酯、硫內酯作為極性基的光酸產生劑。藉由因導入極性基獲致之酸擴散抑制效果,可確認到某程度的性能改善,但對於酸擴散仍然不能高程度控制,就MEF、圖案形狀、感度等微影性能整體上並不令人滿意。 When a bulky substituent or polar group is introduced into the photoacid generator, it is effective for suppressing acid diffusion. In Patent Document 4, it is described that 2-oxoyloxy-1,1,3,3,3-pentafluoropropane-1-, which is excellent in solubility and stability for photoresist solvents, and can be designed in a wide range of molecules A photoacid generator of sulfonic acid, especially, photogenerated 2-(1-adamantyloxy)-1,1,3,3,3-pentafluoropropane-1-sulfonic acid into which a bulky substituent is introduced The acid diffusion of the acid generator is small. In addition, Patent Documents 5 to 7 describe photoacid generators in which condensed cyclic lactones, sultones, and thiolactones are introduced as polar groups. A certain degree of performance improvement can be confirmed by the acid diffusion inhibitory effect due to the introduction of polar groups, but the acid diffusion cannot be controlled to a high degree, and the overall lithography performance such as MEF, pattern shape, and sensitivity is not satisfactory. .

專利文獻8~14中,就光酸產生劑而言,記載有在同一分子內具有陽離子部位與陰離子部位之甜菜鹼型光酸產生劑。曝光後,陽離子部位隨著酸產生而分解,但由於與陰離子部位鍵結,故可抑制酸擴散而不會明顯損及產生的酸的分 子量。但是,光酸產生劑本身欠缺對於光阻溶劑、顯影液之溶解性,故也存在於保存中析出,或顯影後產生缺陷等的問題。藉由如此之光酸產生劑,可確認到某程度的性能改善,但對於感度、酸擴散仍然不能高程度控制,希望開發出更高感度且更低酸擴散、溶劑溶解性優異的光酸產生劑。 In Patent Documents 8 to 14, as photoacid generators, betaine-type photoacid generators having a cationic site and an anion site in the same molecule are described. After exposure, the cationic site is decomposed as the acid is generated, but since it is bonded to the anionic site, the diffusion of the acid can be suppressed without significantly impairing the composition of the generated acid. quantum. However, since the photoacid generator itself lacks solubility with respect to a photoresist solvent and a developing solution, there are also problems such as precipitation during storage, or occurrence of defects after development. A certain degree of performance improvement can be confirmed by such a photoacid generator, but the sensitivity and acid diffusion cannot be controlled to a high degree. It is desired to develop a photoacid generator with higher sensitivity, lower acid diffusion, and excellent solvent solubility. agent.

[先前技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1] 日本特開2008-281974號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-281974

[專利文獻2] 日本特開2008-281975號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-281975

[專利文獻3] 日本專利第4554665號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent No. 4554665

[專利文獻4] 日本特開2007-145797號公報 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-145797

[專利文獻5] 日本專利5061484號公報 [Patent Document 5] Japanese Patent No. 5061484

[專利文獻6] 日本特開2016-147879號公報 [Patent Document 6] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2016-147879

[專利文獻7] 日本特開2015-63472號公報 [Patent Document 7] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-63472

[專利文獻8] 日本專利第5317181號公報 [Patent Document 8] Japanese Patent No. 5317181

[專利文獻9] 日本專利第5723802號公報 [Patent Document 9] Japanese Patent No. 5723802

[專利文獻10] 日本專利第5865725號公報 [Patent Document 10] Japanese Patent No. 5865725

[專利文獻11] 日本專利第6130109號公報 [Patent Document 11] Japanese Patent No. 6130109

[專利文獻12] 日本專利第6155013號公報 [Patent Document 12] Japanese Patent No. 6155013

[專利文獻13] 日本特開2013-8020號公報 [Patent Document 13] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-8020

[專利文獻14] 日本特開2018-43977號公報 [Patent Document 14] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2018-43977

[非專利文獻] [Non-patent literature]

[非專利文獻1] Journal of photopolymer Science and Technology, Vol. 17, No.4, p587 (2004) [Non-Patent Document 1] Journal of photopolymer Science and Technology, Vol. 17, No.4, p587 (2004)

對應近年來光阻圖案之高解析性的要求,使用了習知光酸產生劑的光阻組成物無法充分抑制酸擴散,其結果,對比度、MEF、線寬粗糙度(LWR)等微影性能會劣化。 In response to recent demands for high resolution of photoresist patterns, photoresist compositions using conventional photoacid generators cannot sufficiently suppress acid diffusion, and as a result, lithography performance such as contrast, MEF, and line width roughness (LWR) deteriorates. .

本發明係鑒於前述情事而成,旨在提供一種新穎鋶化合物,其係在以KrF準分子雷射光、ArF準分子雷射光、電子束(EB)、EUV等高能量射線作為光源的光微影中,高感度且酸擴散小、曝光裕度(EL)、MEF、LWR等微影性能優異之化學增幅光阻組成物中使用;並提供含有該鋶化合物作為光酸產生劑的化學增幅光阻組成物、及使用了該化學增幅光阻組成物的圖案形成方法。 The present invention is made in view of the aforementioned circumstances, and aims to provide a novel perium compound, which is used in photolithography using high-energy rays such as KrF excimer laser light, ArF excimer laser light, electron beam (EB), EUV, etc. as the light source Medium, high sensitivity, small acid diffusion, exposure margin (EL), MEF, LWR and other chemically amplified photoresist compositions with excellent photolithography performance; A composition, and a pattern forming method using the chemically amplified photoresist composition.

本案發明人等為了達成前述目的而努力研究的結果,發現使用了特定結構之鋶化合物作為光酸產生劑的化學增幅光阻組成物,係高感度且酸擴散小,EL、MEF、LWR等微影性能優異,對於精密的微細加工極為有效,而完成了本發明。 As a result of diligent research to achieve the aforementioned object, the inventors of the present application have found that a chemically amplified photoresist composition using a perium compound with a specific structure as a photoacid generator has high sensitivity and little acid diffusion, and has microscopic properties such as EL, MEF, and LWR. The invention is excellent in shadowing performance and extremely effective for precise microfabrication, and the present invention has been completed.

亦即,本發明提供下列鋶化合物、化學增幅光阻組成物、及圖案形成方法。 That is, the present invention provides the following peronium compound, chemically amplified photoresist composition, and pattern forming method.

1.一種鋶化合物,係以下式(A)表示。 1. A perionium compound represented by the following formula (A).

[化1]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0008-1
[hua 1]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0008-1

式中,Q1及Q2各自獨立地為氟原子或碳數1~6之氟化烷基。 In the formula, Q 1 and Q 2 are each independently a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

Q3及Q4各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或碳數1~6之氟化烷基。 Q 3 and Q 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

a為1~4之整數。 a is an integer from 1 to 4.

b為1或2。 b is 1 or 2.

c為0~3之整數。 c is an integer from 0 to 3.

La1~La4各自獨立地為單鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵或胺基甲酸酯鍵。 L a1 to L a4 are each independently a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, a sulfonate bond, a carbonate bond, or a urethane bond.

XL1及XL2各自獨立地為單鍵、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數2~40之2價烴基。 XL1 and XL2 are each independently a single bond, or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom.

Ra為氫原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。 R a is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom.

Rb及Rc各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數2~40之1價烴基,Rb與Rc亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之氧原子及此等間的碳原子一起形成環。 R b and R c are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms which may also contain heteroatoms, and R b and R c may also be bonded to each other and to the oxygen atom to which they are bonded and the carbon therebetween. Atoms together form a ring.

R1為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~50之(a+1)價烴基。 R 1 is a (a+1)-valent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom.

R2為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~50之1價烴基。 R 2 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom.

R3為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~50之2價烴基。 R 3 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom.

又,b=1時,R1與R2或R2與R3亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環,b=2時,R1與R3或2個R1亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環。 In addition, when b=1, R 1 and R 2 or R 2 and R 3 can also bond with each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded. When b=2, R 1 and R 3 or 2 Rs 1 can also be bonded to each other and form rings together with the sulfur atoms to which they are bonded.

2.如1.之鋶化合物,係以下式(A-1)表示。 2. The peronium compound according to 1., which is represented by the following formula (A-1).

[化2]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0009-2
[hua 2]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0009-2

式中,Q1~Q4、La1~La4、XL1、XL2、Ra、Rb、Rc、R2、R3、a、b及c與前述相同。Rd為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。d為符合0≦d≦4且1≦a+d≦5之整數。d≧2時,各Rd可彼此相同也可不同,2個Rd亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之原子一起形成環。 In the formula, Q 1 to Q 4 , L a1 to L a4 , XL1 , XL2 , R a , R b , R c , R 2 , R 3 , a, b and c are the same as described above. R d is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. d is an integer satisfying 0≦d≦4 and 1≦a+d≦5. When d≧2, each R d may be the same or different from each other, and two R d may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the atoms to which they are bonded.

3.如2.之鋶化合物,係以下式(A-2)表示。 3. The peronium compound according to 2. is represented by the following formula (A-2).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0009-3
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0009-3

式中,Q1~Q4、La1~La4、XL1、XL2、Ra~Rd、a、b、c及d與前述相同。Re及Rf各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。e為0~5之整數。f為0~4之整數。e≧2時,各Re可彼此相同也可不同,2個Re亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之原子一起形成環。f≧2時,各Rf可彼此相同也可不同,2個Rf亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之原子一起形成環。 In the formula, Q 1 to Q 4 , L a1 to L a4 , XL1 , XL2 , R a to R d , a, b, c, and d are the same as described above. Re and R f are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. e is an integer from 0 to 5. f is an integer from 0 to 4. When e≧2, each Re may be the same or different from each other, and two Re may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the atoms to which they are bonded. When f≧2, each R f may be the same or different from each other, and two R f may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the atoms to which they are bonded.

4.如3.之鋶化合物,係以下式(A-3)表示。 4. The peronium compound according to 3. is represented by the following formula (A-3).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0009-4
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0009-4

式中,Q1~Q3、La1~La4、XL1、XL2、Ra~Rf、a、b、d、e及f與前述相同。 In the formula, Q 1 to Q 3 , L a1 to L a4 , XL1 , XL2 , R a to R f , a, b, d, e and f are the same as described above.

5.一種光酸產生劑,係由如1.~4.中任一項之鋶化合物構成。 5. A photoacid generator consisting of the perionium compound according to any one of 1. to 4.

6.一種化學增幅光阻組成物,含有:如5.之光酸產生劑;及含有下式(a1)或(a2)表示之重複單元之基礎樹脂。 6. A chemically amplified photoresist composition comprising: a photoacid generator as described in 5.; and a base resin containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (a1) or (a2).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0010-5
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0010-5

式中,RA各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基。ZA為單鍵、伸苯基、伸萘基或(主鏈)-C(=O)-O-ZA1-,ZA1為亦可含有羥基、醚鍵、酯鍵或內酯環之碳數1~10之烷二基、或伸苯基或伸萘基。ZB為單鍵或(主鏈)-C(=O)-O-。XA及XB各自獨立地為酸不穩定基。R11為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。n為0~4之整數。 In the formula, R A is each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group. Z A is a single bond, phenylene extension, naphthylene extension or (main chain)-C(=O)-OZ A1-, Z A1 is a carbon number 1 which may also contain hydroxyl, ether bond, ester bond or lactone ring ~10 alkanediyl, or phenylene or naphthylene. Z B is a single bond or (main chain)-C(=O)-O-. X A and X B are each independently an acid labile group. R 11 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. n is an integer from 0 to 4.

7.如6.之化學增幅光阻組成物,其中,前述基礎樹脂更含有下式(b1)或(b2)表示之重複單元。 7. The chemically amplified photoresist composition according to 6., wherein the base resin further contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (b1) or (b2).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0010-6
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0010-6

式中,RA各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基。YA為氫原子、或含有選自羥基、氰基、羰基、羧基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環及羧酸酐中之至少1個以上之結構的極性基。m為1或2。 In the formula, R A is each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group. Y A is a hydrogen atom, or contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, a sulfonate bond, a carbonate bond, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a carboxylic acid anhydride The polar group of the above structure. m is 1 or 2.

8.如6.或7.之化學增幅光阻組成物,其中,前述基礎樹脂更含有選自下式(c1)~(c3)表示之重複單元中之至少1種。 8. The chemically amplified photoresist composition according to 6. or 7., wherein the base resin further contains at least one selected from the repeating units represented by the following formulae (c1) to (c3).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0011-7
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0011-7

式中,RA各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基。 In the formula, R A is each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group.

Z1為單鍵、伸苯基、-O-Z11-、-C(=O)-O-Z11-或-C(=O)-NH-Z11-。Z11為碳數1~20之烷二基、碳數2~20之烯二基或伸苯基,亦可含有羰基、酯鍵、醚鍵或羥基。 Z 1 is a single bond, a phenylene group, -OZ 11 -, -C(=O)-OZ 11 - or -C(=O)-NH-Z 11 -. Z 11 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenediyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a phenylene group, and may also contain a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an ether bond, or a hydroxyl group.

Z2為單鍵、或-Z21-C(=O)-O-。Z21為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之2價烴基。 Z 2 is a single bond, or -Z 21 -C(=O)-O-. Z 21 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom.

Z3為單鍵、亞甲基、伸乙基、伸苯基、氟化伸苯基、-O-Z31-、-C(=O)-O-Z31-或-C(=O)-NH-Z31-。Z31為碳數1~6之烷二基、碳數2~6之烯二基或伸苯基,亦可含有羰基、酯鍵、醚鍵或羥基。 Z 3 is a single bond, methylene, ethylidene, phenylene, fluorinated phenylene, -OZ 31 -, -C(=O)-OZ 31 - or -C(=O)-NH-Z 31- . Z 31 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenediyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenylene group, and may also contain a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an ether bond, or a hydroxyl group.

R21及R22各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。R21與R22亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環。 R 21 and R 22 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. R 21 and R 22 may also be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded.

M-為非親核性相對離子。 M - is a non-nucleophilic relative ion.

A+為銨陽離子、鋶陽離子或錪陽離子。 A + is an ammonium cation, a pernium cation or an iodonium cation.

9.如6.~8.中任一項之化學增幅光阻組成物,更含有有機溶劑。 9. The chemically amplified photoresist composition according to any one of 6. to 8., further comprising an organic solvent.

10.如6.~9.中任一項之化學增幅光阻組成物,更含有如5.之光酸產生劑以外之其他光酸產生劑。 10. The chemically amplified photoresist composition according to any one of 6. to 9., further comprising other photoacid generators than the photoacid generator described in 5.

11.如10.之化學增幅光阻組成物,其中,前述其他光酸產生劑以下式(1)或(2)表示。 11. The chemically amplified photoresist composition according to 10., wherein the other photoacid generator is represented by the following formula (1) or (2).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0012-8
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0012-8

式中,R101、R102及R103各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。又,R101、R102及R103中之任2者亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環。X-為選自下式(1A)~(1D)之陰離子。 In the formula, R 101 , R 102 and R 103 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. In addition, any two of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded. X - is an anion selected from the following formulae (1A) to (1D).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0012-9
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0012-9

式中,Rfa、Rfb1、Rfb2、Rfc1、Rfc2及Rfc3各自獨立地為氟原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基。又,Rfb1與Rfb2、及Rfc1與Rfc2亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之碳原子及此等間的原子一起形成環。Rfd為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基。 In the formula, R fa , R fb1 , R fb2 , R fc1 , R fc2 and R fc3 are each independently a fluorine atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. Also, R fb1 and R fb2 , and R fc1 and R fc2 may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded and the atoms in between. R fd is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0012-10
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0012-10

式中,R201及R202各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~30之1價烴基。R203為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~30之2價烴基。又,R201、R202及R203中之任2者亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環。LA為單鍵、醚鍵、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之2價烴基。Xa、Xb、Xc及Xd各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或三氟甲基,但Xa、Xb、Xc及Xd中之至少1者為氟原子或三氟甲基。 In the formula, R 201 and R 202 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. R 203 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. Moreover, any two of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded. L A is a single bond, an ether bond, or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. X a , X b , X c and X d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group, but at least one of X a , X b , X c and X d is a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group base.

12.如6.~11.中任一項之化學增幅光阻組成物,更含有下式(3)或(4)表示之化合物。 12. The chemically amplified photoresist composition according to any one of 6. to 11., further comprising a compound represented by the following formula (3) or (4).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0013-11
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0013-11

式中,Rq1為氫原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基,但磺基之α位之碳原子所鍵結的氫原子經氟原子或氟烷基取代者除外。Rq2為氫原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基。Mq+為鎓陽離子。 In the formula, R q1 is a hydrogen atom, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 1 to 40 that may also contain a heteroatom, but the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom at the α position of the sulfo group is substituted by a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group except. R q2 is a hydrogen atom, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. Mq + is an onium cation.

13.如6.~12.中任一項之化學增幅光阻組成物,更含有胺化合物。 13. The chemically amplified photoresist composition according to any one of 6. to 12., further comprising an amine compound.

14.如6.~13.中任一項之化學增幅光阻組成物,更含有不溶或難溶於水但可溶於鹼顯影液的界面活性劑、及/或不溶或難溶於水及鹼顯影液的界面活性劑。 14. The chemically amplified photoresist composition according to any one of 6. to 13., further comprising a surfactant that is insoluble or insoluble in water but soluble in an alkali developer, and/or insoluble or insoluble in water and Surfactant for alkaline developer.

15.一種圖案形成方法,包含下列步驟:使用如6.~14.中任一項之化學增幅光阻組成物在基板上形成光阻膜;將前述光阻膜利用KrF準分子雷射光、ArF準分子雷射光、EB或EUV進行曝光;及使用顯影液對前述經曝光之光阻膜進行顯影。 15. A pattern forming method, comprising the steps of: forming a photoresist film on a substrate using the chemically amplified photoresist composition of any one of 6. to 14.; using the aforementioned photoresist film with KrF excimer laser light, ArF excimer laser light, EB or EUV for exposure; and using a developing solution to develop the aforementioned exposed photoresist film.

16.如15.之圖案形成方法,係使用鹼水溶液作為顯影液,使曝光部溶解,得到未曝光部不溶解的正型圖案。 16. The pattern forming method according to 15., wherein an alkaline aqueous solution is used as a developing solution to dissolve the exposed portion to obtain a positive pattern in which the unexposed portion is insoluble.

17.如15.之圖案形成方法,係使用有機溶劑作為顯影液,使未曝光部溶解,得到曝光部不溶解的負型圖案。 17. The pattern forming method according to 15., wherein an organic solvent is used as a developing solution, and the unexposed part is dissolved to obtain a negative pattern in which the exposed part is not dissolved.

18.如17.之圖案形成方法,其中,前述有機溶劑係選自2-辛酮、2-壬酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、4-庚酮、2-己酮、3-己酮、二異丁基酮、甲基環己酮、苯乙酮、甲基苯乙酮、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸戊酯、乙酸丁烯酯、乙酸異戊酯、甲酸丙酯、甲酸丁酯、甲酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、甲酸異戊酯、戊酸甲酯、戊烯酸甲酯、巴豆酸甲酯、巴豆酸乙酯、丙酸甲酯、丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丙酯、乳酸丁酯、乳酸異丁酯、乳酸戊酯、乳酸異戊酯、2-羥基異丁酸甲酯、2-羥基異丁酸乙酯、苯甲酸甲酯、苯甲酸乙酯、乙酸苯酯、乙酸苄酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、甲酸苄酯、甲酸苯基乙酯、3-苯基丙酸甲酯、丙酸苄酯、苯基乙酸乙酯及乙酸2-苯基乙酯中之至少1種。 18. The pattern forming method according to 17., wherein the organic solvent is selected from the group consisting of 2-octanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, 3- Hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, methyl cyclohexanone, acetophenone, methyl acetophenone, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl acetate, butenyl acetate, isoamyl acetate ester, propyl formate, butyl formate, isobutyl formate, amyl formate, isoamyl formate, methyl valerate, methyl pentenoate, methyl crotonate, ethyl crotonate, methyl propionate, Ethyl Propionate, Ethyl 3-Ethoxypropionate, Methyl Lactate, Ethyl Lactate, Propyl Lactate, Butyl Lactate, Isobutyl Lactate, Amyl Lactate, Isoamyl Lactate, 2-Hydroxyisobutyl Lactate Methyl Acetate, Ethyl 2-Hydroxyisobutyrate, Methyl Benzoate, Ethyl Benzoate, Phenyl Acetate, Benzyl Acetate, Phenyl Methyl Acetate, Benzyl Formate, Phenylethyl Formate, 3-Benzene At least one of methyl propionate, benzyl propionate, ethyl phenylacetate and 2-phenylethyl acetate.

19.如15.~18.中任一項之圖案形成方法,其中,前述曝光係將折射率1.0以上之液體插入在光阻膜與投影透鏡之間而進行的浸潤式曝光。 19. The pattern forming method according to any one of 15. to 18., wherein the exposure is immersion exposure performed by inserting a liquid having a refractive index of 1.0 or more between a photoresist film and a projection lens.

20.如19.之圖案形成方法,其中,在前述光阻膜之上進一步形成保護膜,在該保護膜與投影透鏡之間插入前述液體並進行浸潤式曝光。 20. The pattern forming method according to 19., wherein a protective film is further formed on the photoresist film, the liquid is inserted between the protective film and the projection lens, and immersion exposure is performed.

本發明之鋶化合物,作為化學增幅光阻組成物中使用之光酸產生劑係有用。使用含有本發明之鋶化合物作為光酸產生劑的化學增幅光阻組成物進行圖案形成時,酸擴散得到高程度抑制,可形成EL、MEF、LWR等微影性能優異的圖案。 The peronium compound of the present invention is useful as a photoacid generator used in a chemically amplified photoresist composition. When patterning is performed using the chemically amplified photoresist composition containing the perium compound of the present invention as a photoacid generator, acid diffusion is suppressed to a high degree, and patterns with excellent lithography performance such as EL, MEF, and LWR can be formed.

[圖1]實施例1-1-6中獲得之PAG-1之1H-NMR光譜。 [Fig. 1] 1 H-NMR spectrum of PAG-1 obtained in Example 1-1-6.

[圖2]實施例1-2中獲得之PAG-2之1H-NMR光譜。 [ Fig. 2 ] 1 H-NMR spectrum of PAG-2 obtained in Example 1-2.

[圖3]實施例1-4中獲得之PAG-4之1H-NMR光譜。 [ Fig. 3 ] 1 H-NMR spectrum of PAG-4 obtained in Example 1-4.

[圖4]實施例1-5-3中獲得之PAG-5之1H-NMR光譜。 [ Fig. 4 ] 1 H-NMR spectrum of PAG-5 obtained in Example 1-5-3.

[鋶化合物] [Peronium compound]

本發明之鋶化合物係下式(A)表示者。 The perylene compound of the present invention is represented by the following formula (A).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0015-12
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0015-12

式(A)中,Q1、Q2各自獨立地為氟原子或碳數1~6之氟化烷基。Q3、Q4各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或碳數1~6之氟化烷基。 In formula (A), Q 1 and Q 2 are each independently a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Q 3 and Q 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

式(A)中,a為1~4之整數,宜為1。b為1或2。c為0~3之整數,宜為1。 In formula (A), a is an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1. b is 1 or 2. c is an integer from 0 to 3, preferably 1.

式(A)中,La1~La4各自獨立地為單鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵或胺基甲酸酯鍵。La1宜為單鍵、醚鍵或酯鍵,為單鍵更佳。La2宜為單鍵、醚鍵或酯鍵,為醚鍵更佳。La3宜為單鍵、醚鍵或酯鍵,為單鍵更佳。La4宜為單鍵、醚鍵或酯鍵,為單鍵更佳。 In formula (A), L a1 to L a4 are each independently a single bond, ether bond, ester bond, sulfonate bond, carbonate bond or urethane bond. L a1 is preferably a single bond, ether bond or ester bond, more preferably a single bond. L a2 is preferably a single bond, an ether bond or an ester bond, more preferably an ether bond. L a3 is preferably a single bond, ether bond or ester bond, more preferably a single bond. L a4 is preferably a single bond, ether bond or ester bond, more preferably a single bond.

式(A)中,XL1及XL2各自獨立地為單鍵、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數2~40之2價烴基。前述2價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉烷二基、2價飽和環式烴基等。前述雜原子可列舉氧原子、氮原子、硫原子等。XL1及XL2宜為單鍵。 In formula (A), X L1 and X L2 are each independently a single bond, or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. The divalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include an alkanediyl group, a divalent saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group, and the like. Examples of the aforementioned hetero atoms include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like. X L1 and X L2 are preferably single bonds.

XL1及XL2表示之亦可含有雜原子之碳數2~40之2價烴基宜為以下所示者。此外,下式中,*表示與La1及La2之鍵結、與La3及La4之鍵結。 The divalent hydrocarbon group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom represented by XL1 and XL2 is preferably shown below. In addition, in the following formula, * represents the bond with L a1 and L a2 , and the bond with L a3 and L a4 .

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0016-13
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0016-13

[化14]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0017-14
[Chemical 14]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0017-14

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0017-15
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0017-15

該等之中,宜為XL-1~XL-22及XL-47~XL-49,為XL-1~XL-17更佳。 Among them, XL -1 to XL -22 and XL -47 to XL -49 are preferable, and XL -1 to XL -17 are more preferable.

式(A)中,Ra為氫原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉:甲基、乙基、 丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、正戊基、正己基、正辛基、正壬基、正癸基、環戊基、環己基、2-乙基己基、環戊基甲基、環戊基乙基、環戊基丁基、環己基甲基、環己基乙基、環己基丁基、降莰基、三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸基、金剛烷基、金剛烷基甲基等烷基;苯基、萘基、蒽基等芳基等。又,前述1價烴基之氫原子之一部分亦可取代為含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、鹵素原子等雜原子之基,該等基之碳原子間亦可插入有含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子之基,其結果也可含有羥基、氰基、羰基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、胺基甲酸酯鍵、醯胺鍵、醯亞胺鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環、硫內酯環、內醯胺環、磺內醯胺(sultam)環、羧酸酐(-C(=O)-O-C(=O)-)、鹵烷基等。該等之中,Ra宜為氫原子、碳數1~6之烷基或碳數6~10之芳基,為氫原子或甲基更佳,為甲基又更佳。 In the formula (A), R a is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, th Tributyl, tert-pentyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentyl Ethyl, cyclopentylbutyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cyclohexylbutyl, norbornyl, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decyl, adamantyl, adamantylmethyl and other alkyl groups; phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl and other aryl groups, etc. In addition, a part of the hydrogen atom of the aforementioned monovalent hydrocarbon group can also be substituted with a group containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, halogen atom, etc., and an oxygen atom, sulfur atom can also be inserted between the carbon atoms of these groups. , nitrogen atom and other heteroatom groups, the result may also contain hydroxyl, cyano, carbonyl, ether bond, ester bond, sulfonate bond, carbonate bond, urethane bond, amide bond, imide bond, lactone ring, sultone ring, thiolactone ring, lactamide ring, sultam ring, carboxylic acid anhydride (-C(=O)-OC(=O)-), haloalkane Base et al. Among them, R a is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and even more preferably a methyl group.

式(A)中,Rb及Rc各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數2~40之1價烴基,Rb與Rc亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之氧原子及此等間的碳原子一起形成環。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉與Ra之說明中所例示者同樣的1價烴基。前述1價烴基之氫原子之一部分經鹵素原子取代時,宜經氟原子取代。 In formula (A), R b and R c are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms which may also contain heteroatoms, and R b and R c may also be bonded to each other and to the oxygen atom to which they are bonded. together with the carbon atoms in between to form a ring. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include the same monovalent hydrocarbon groups as those exemplified in the description of R a . When a part of the hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned monovalent hydrocarbon group is substituted with a halogen atom, it is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom.

Rb及Rc沒有彼此鍵結並形成環結構時,和各自相鄰的氧原子一起形成非環狀縮醛結構。Rb及Rc彼此鍵結並形成環時,和各自相鄰的氧原子一起形成環狀縮醛結構。該等中,考量縮醛結構之穩定性的方面,宜形成環狀縮醛結構,環狀縮醛結構之中,為五員環、六員環或七員環縮醛結構更佳。 When R b and R c are not bonded to each other and form a ring structure, they form an acyclic acetal structure together with their adjacent oxygen atoms. When R b and R c are bonded to each other to form a ring, they form a cyclic acetal structure together with their adjacent oxygen atoms. Among these, in consideration of the stability of the acetal structure, it is preferable to form a cyclic acetal structure, and among the cyclic acetal structures, a five-membered ring, a six-membered ring or a seven-membered ring acetal structure is more preferable.

非環狀或環狀縮醛結構之具體例可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,Ra與前述相同,虛線係與La3之原子鍵。 Specific examples of acyclic or cyclic acetal structures include those shown below, but are not limited to these. In addition, in the following formula, R a is the same as described above, and the dotted line is an atomic bond with L a3 .

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0019-16
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0019-16

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0020-17
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0020-17

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0020-18
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0020-18

式(A)中,R1為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~50之(a+1)價烴基,宜為碳數為1~20者。 In formula (A), R 1 is a (a+1)-valent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom, preferably one having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

R1表示之烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,又,可為脂肪族烴基亦可為芳香族烴基。其具體結構可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,虛線係和S+及La4之原子鍵。 The hydrocarbon group represented by R 1 may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Although the specific structure is mentioned below, it is not limited to these. In addition, in the following formula, the dotted line is the atomic bond of S + and La4 .

[化19]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0021-19
[Chemical 19]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0021-19

R1宜為芳香族烴基,為來自苯或萘之基更佳,為來自苯之基又更佳。 R 1 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a group derived from benzene or naphthalene, and even more preferably a group derived from benzene.

式(A)中,R2為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~50之1價烴基,宜為碳數為1~20者。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉烷基、烯基等1價脂肪族烴基、及芳基、芳烷基等1價芳香族烴基。 In formula (A), R 2 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom, preferably one having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon groups such as alkyl groups and alkenyl groups, and monovalent aromatic groups such as aryl groups and aralkyl groups. Hydrocarbyl.

前述烷基可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環丙基甲基、4-甲基環己基、環己基甲基、降莰基、金剛烷基等。前述烯基可列舉:乙烯基、烯丙基、丙烯基、丁烯基、己烯基、環己烯基等。 Examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl , cycloheptyl, cyclopropylmethyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, norbornyl, adamantyl, etc. As said alkenyl group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a propenyl group, a butenyl group, a hexenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group, etc. are mentioned.

前述芳基可列舉:苯基;2-甲基苯基、3-甲基苯基、4-甲基苯基、4-乙基苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、4-正丁基苯基、2,4-二甲基苯基等烷基苯基;萘基;甲基萘基、乙基萘基等烷基萘基;二甲基萘基、二乙基萘基等二烷基萘基等。前述芳烷基可列舉苄基、1-苯基乙基、2-苯基乙基等。 The aforementioned aryl groups include: phenyl; 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-ethylphenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 4-n-butyl Alkyl phenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl and other alkyl phenyl; naphthyl; methyl naphthyl, ethyl naphthyl and other alkyl naphthyl; dimethyl naphthyl, diethyl naphthyl and other two Alkyl naphthyl etc. As said aralkyl group, a benzyl group, a 1-phenylethyl group, a 2-phenylethyl group, etc. are mentioned.

另外,該等基之氫原子之一部分亦可取代為含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、鹵素原子等雜原子之基,該等基之碳原子之一部分亦可取代為含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子之基,其結果也可含有羥基、氰基、羰基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯基、內酯環、磺內酯環、羧酸酐、鹵烷基等。 In addition, a part of the hydrogen atoms of these groups can also be substituted with groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, halogen atoms, etc., and a part of carbon atoms of these groups can also be substituted with oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, etc. , nitrogen atom and other heteroatom groups, and as a result may also contain hydroxyl, cyano, carbonyl, ether bond, ester bond, sulfonate bond, carbonate group, lactone ring, sultone ring, carboxylic acid anhydride, haloalkane Base et al.

含有雜原子之1價脂肪族烴基可列舉:2-側氧基環戊基、2-側氧基環己基、2-側氧基丙基、2-側氧基乙基、2-環戊基-2-側氧基乙基、2-環己基-2-側氧基乙基、2-(4-甲基環己基)-2-側氧基乙基等含側氧基之烷基。含有雜原子之1價芳香族烴基可列舉:噻吩基等雜芳基;4-羥基苯基等羥基苯基;氟苯基、二氟苯基等氟化苯基;4-甲氧基苯基、3-甲氧基苯基、2-甲氧基苯基、4-乙氧基苯基、4-第三丁氧基苯基、3-第三丁氧基苯基等烷氧基苯基;甲氧基萘基、乙氧基萘基、正丙氧基萘基、正丁氧基萘基等烷氧基萘基;二甲氧基萘基、二乙氧基萘基等二烷氧 基萘基;2-苯基-2-側氧基乙基、2-(1-萘基)-2-側氧基乙基、2-(2-萘基)-2-側氧基乙基等芳基側氧基烷基等。 Examples of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing a hetero atom include: 2-side oxycyclopentyl, 2-side oxycyclohexyl, 2-side oxypropyl, 2-side oxyethyl, 2-cyclopentyl -2-side oxyethyl, 2-cyclohexyl-2-side oxyethyl, 2-(4-methylcyclohexyl)-2-side oxyethyl and other alkyl groups containing side oxy. Examples of the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group containing a hetero atom include heteroaryl groups such as thienyl groups; hydroxyphenyl groups such as 4-hydroxyphenyl groups; fluorinated phenyl groups such as fluorophenyl groups and difluorophenyl groups; 4-methoxyphenyl groups , 3-methoxyphenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 4-ethoxyphenyl, 4-tert-butoxyphenyl, 3-tert-butoxyphenyl and other alkoxyphenyl ; Methoxynaphthyl, ethoxynaphthyl, n-propoxynaphthyl, n-butoxynaphthyl and other alkoxynaphthyl groups; Dimethoxynaphthyl, diethoxynaphthyl and other dialkoxynaphthyl groups Naphthyl; 2-phenyl-2-oxyethyl, 2-(1-naphthyl)-2-oxyethyl, 2-(2-naphthyl)-2-oxyethyl such as aryl side oxyalkyl groups, etc.

該等之中,R2宜為亦可含有雜原子之1價芳香族烴基,為亦可含有雜原子之芳基更佳,為苯基、烷基苯基或氟化苯基又更佳。 Among these, R 2 is preferably a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may also contain a hetero atom, more preferably an aryl group which may also contain a hetero atom, and even more preferably a phenyl group, an alkylphenyl group or a fluorinated phenyl group.

式(A)中,R3為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~50之2價烴基,宜為碳數1~20者。前述2價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、辛烷-1,8-二基、壬烷-1,9-二基、癸烷-1,10-二基、十一烷-1,11-二基、十二烷-1,12-二基、十三烷-1,13-二基、十四烷-1,14-二基、十五烷-1,15-二基、十六烷-1,16-二基、十七烷-1,17-二基等直鏈狀烷二基;環戊烷二基、環己烷二基、降莰烷二基、金剛烷二基等2價飽和環式烴基;伸苯基、伸萘基等2價芳香族烴基等。又,該等基之氫原子之一部分亦可取代為甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、第三丁基等烷基、或含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、鹵素原子等雜原子之基,其結果也可含有羥基、氰基、羰基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環、羧酸酐、鹵烷基等。該等之中,R3宜為2價芳香族烴基,為伸苯基、或經烷基或含雜原子之基取代的伸苯基更佳。 In the formula (A), R 3 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom, preferably one having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The aforementioned divalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include methylene, ethylidene, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,4 -diyl, pentane-1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8-diyl, nonane-1,9 -diyl, decane-1,10-diyl, undecane-1,11-diyl, dodecane-1,12-diyl, tridecane-1,13-diyl, tetradecane -1,14-diyl, pentadecane-1,15-diyl, hexadecane-1,16-diyl, heptadecan-1,17-diyl and other linear alkanediyl groups; cyclopentane Divalent saturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups such as alkanediyl, cyclohexanediyl, norbornanediyl and adamantanediyl; divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups such as phenylene, naphthylene and the like. In addition, a part of the hydrogen atoms of these groups can also be substituted with alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, etc., or hetero groups such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, and halogen atoms. The group of atoms may, as a result, contain a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, a sulfonate bond, a carbonate bond, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, a carboxylic acid anhydride, a haloalkyl group, and the like. Among these, R 3 is preferably a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a phenylene group, or a phenylene group substituted with an alkyl group or a heteroatom-containing group.

式(A)中,R1、R2及R3中之任2者亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環。此時,鋶陽離子部位可列舉下式表示者等。 In formula (A), any two of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded. In this case, as the periconium cation moiety, those represented by the following formulae and the like can be exemplified.

[化20]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0024-20
[hua 20]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0024-20

式(A)表示之鋶化合物宜為下式(A-1)表示者。 The perionium compound represented by the formula (A) is preferably represented by the following formula (A-1).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0024-21
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0024-21

式(A-1)中,Q1~Q4、La1~La4、XL1、XL2、Ra、Rb、Rc、R2、R3、a、b及c與前述相同。Rd為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。d為符合0≦d≦4且1 ≦a+d≦5之整數。d≧2時,各Rd可彼此相同也可不同,2個Rd亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之原子一起形成環。 In formula (A-1), Q 1 to Q 4 , L a1 to L a4 , XL1 , XL2 , R a , R b , R c , R 2 , R 3 , a, b and c are the same as described above. R d is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. d is an integer satisfying 0≦d≦4 and 1≦a+d≦5. When d≧2, each R d may be the same or different from each other, and two R d may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the atoms to which they are bonded.

式(A-1)表示之鋶化合物中,為下式(A-2)表示者更佳。 Among the peronium compounds represented by the formula (A-1), those represented by the following formula (A-2) are more preferable.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0025-22
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0025-22

式(A-2)中,Q1~Q4、La1~La4、XL1、XL2、Ra~Rd、a、b、c及d與前述相同。Re及Rf各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。e為0~5之整數。f為0~4之整數。e≧2時,各Re可彼此相同也可不同,2個Re亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之原子一起形成環。f≧2時,各Rf可彼此相同也可不同,2個Rf亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之原子一起形成環。 In formula (A-2), Q 1 to Q 4 , L a1 to L a4 , XL1 , XL2 , R a to R d , a, b, c and d are the same as described above. Re and R f are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. e is an integer from 0 to 5. f is an integer from 0 to 4. When e≧2, each Re may be the same or different from each other, and two Re may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the atoms to which they are bonded. When f≧2, each R f may be the same or different from each other, and two R f may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the atoms to which they are bonded.

式(A-2)表示之鋶化合物中,為下式(A-3)表示者更佳。 Among the peronium compounds represented by the formula (A-2), those represented by the following formula (A-3) are more preferable.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0025-23
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0025-23

式中,Q1~Q3、La1~La4、XL1、XL2、Ra~Rf、a、b、d、e及f與前述相同。 In the formula, Q 1 to Q 3 , L a1 to L a4 , XL1 , XL2 , R a to R f , a, b, d, e and f are the same as described above.

式(A)表示之鋶化合物可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,Q3與前述相同,Me為甲基。 The perionium compound represented by the formula (A) includes, but is not limited to, those shown below. In addition, in the following formula, Q 3 is the same as described above, and Me is a methyl group.

[化24]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0027-24
[Chemical 24]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0027-24

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0028-25
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0028-25

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0029-26
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0029-26

[化27]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0030-27
[Chemical 27]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0030-27

[化28]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0031-28
[Chemical 28]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0031-28

[化29]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0032-33
[Chemical 29]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0032-33

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0033-34
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0033-34

[化31]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0034-35
[Chemical 31]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0034-35

[化32]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0035-36
[Chemical 32]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0035-36

[化33]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0036-37
[Chemical 33]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0036-37

[化34]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0037-38
[Chemical 34]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0037-38

[化35]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0038-39
[Chemical 35]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0038-39

[化36]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0039-40
[Chemical 36]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0039-40

[化37]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0040-41
[Chemical 37]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0040-41

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0041-42
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0041-42

[化39]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0042-43
[Chemical 39]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0042-43

[化40]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0043-44
[Chemical 40]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0043-44

[化41]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0044-45
[Chemical 41]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0044-45

[化42]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0045-46
[Chemical 42]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0045-46

[化43]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0046-47
[Chemical 43]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0046-47

[化44]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0047-48
[Chemical 44]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0047-48

[化45]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0048-50
[Chemical 45]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0048-50

[化46]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0049-52
[Chemical 46]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0049-52

[化47]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0050-54
[Chemical 47]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0050-54

[化48]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0051-55
[Chemical 48]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0051-55

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0052-56
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0052-56

[化50]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0053-57
[Chemical 50]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0053-57

本發明之鋶化合物作為光酸產生劑係有用。就本發明之鋶化合物之結構特徵而言,可列舉係於同一分子內具有陽離子部位與陰離子部位之甜菜鹼結構、及於分子內具有縮醛結構。酸產生時在分子間形成鹽化合物,併用光酸產生劑時與該光酸產生劑形成鹽化合物,而可成為表觀上巨大的化合物。又,據推測酸產生時,隨著陽離子部位分解,會進行因酸所致之縮醛結構的脫保護反應,而成為係極性基之酮(或醛)結構,藉此溶解對比度得到改善。 The peronium compound of the present invention is useful as a photoacid generator. Structural features of the perionium compound of the present invention include a betaine structure having a cationic site and an anion site in the same molecule, and an acetal structure within the molecule. When an acid is generated, a salt compound is formed intermolecularly, and when a photoacid generator is used, a salt compound is formed with the photoacid generator, and it becomes a compound that appears to be huge. In addition, it is presumed that when the acid is generated, the deprotection reaction of the acetal structure by the acid proceeds along with the decomposition of the cation site to form a ketone (or aldehyde) structure of a polar group, whereby the dissolution contrast is improved.

又,由前述理由可推測出酸擴散亦變小的行為,除了EL、MEF、LWR得到改善,亦可改善焦點深度(DOF)、尺寸均勻性(CDU)。以往,在解析性能與酸擴散控制的權衡下,DOF及CDU處於取捨的關係,但本發明之化學增幅光阻組成物可同時改善該等兩者,可謂係非常有用。另外,藉由由縮醛結構形成具有極性之酮(或醛)結構,在正型鹼顯影處理中,與鹼顯影液之親和性得到改善,曝光部之顯影缺陷得以抑制。反之,在負型有機溶劑顯影處理中,對於有機溶劑之溶解性降低,曝光部之殘膜率得到改善。 Furthermore, from the above-mentioned reasons, it is presumed that the acid diffusion is also reduced, and the EL, MEF, and LWR are improved, and the depth of focus (DOF) and the dimensional uniformity (CDU) are also improved. In the past, DOF and CDU were in a trade-off relationship between analytical performance and acid diffusion control, but the chemically amplified photoresist composition of the present invention can improve both, which is very useful. In addition, by forming a polar ketone (or aldehyde) structure from the acetal structure, in the positive-type alkali development treatment, the affinity with the alkali developer is improved, and the development defects of the exposed portion are suppressed. On the contrary, in a negative organic solvent development process, the solubility with respect to an organic solvent falls, and the residual film rate of an exposure part improves.

本發明之鋶化合物,例如可依下列方案進行製造。以下,針對具有環狀縮醛結構之下式(A-a)表示之鋶化合物的合成舉例加以說明,但合成方法不限於此。 The peronium compound of the present invention can be produced, for example, according to the following scheme. Hereinafter, the synthesis of the perionium compound represented by the following formula (A-a) having a cyclic acetal structure will be described as an example, but the synthesis method is not limited to this.

[化51]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0055-58
[Chemical 51]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0055-58

式中,Rd、Re、Rf、Q1~Q4、c、d、e及f與前述相同。X為鹵素原子。X-為鹵化物離子。M+為相對陽離子。 In the formula, R d , Re , R f , Q 1 to Q 4 , c, d, e and f are the same as described above. X is a halogen atom. X - is a halide ion. M + is the relative cation.

第1步驟係藉由能以市售品的形式或以公知的合成方法取得之原料A與原料B之偶聯反應而獲得中間體A之二芳基硫醚的步驟。 The first step is a step of obtaining the diaryl sulfide of the intermediate A by coupling reaction of the raw material A and the raw material B which can be obtained as a commercial product or by a known synthesis method.

反應可利用公知的有機合成方法進行。具體而言,將原料A與原料B溶解於N-甲基吡咯烷酮、二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺等溶劑,並添加銅觸媒、鹼而進行反應。所使用之銅觸媒可列舉碘化銅(I)、溴化銅(I)、氯化銅(I)等。又,所 使用之鹼可列舉三乙胺、吡啶、二異丙基乙胺等有機鹼、氫氧化鈉、碳酸鉀、氫氧化鋰等無機鹼。反應溫度係從80℃至約所使用之溶劑的沸點進行。就反應時間而言,考量產率的觀點,宜利用氣相層析(GC)、矽膠薄層層析(TLC)追蹤反應以完成反應較理想,通常為約6~24小時。反應結束後,從反應混合物利用通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)可獲得中間體A。獲得之中間體A視需要可依蒸餾、矽膠管柱層析、再結晶等常法進行精製。 The reaction can be carried out by a known organic synthesis method. Specifically, the raw material A and the raw material B are dissolved in a solvent such as N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, and dimethylacetamide, and a copper catalyst and a base are added and reacted. The copper catalyst to be used includes copper iodide (I), copper bromide (I), copper chloride (I), and the like. Again, so Examples of the base to be used include organic bases such as triethylamine, pyridine, and diisopropylethylamine, and inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, and lithium hydroxide. The reaction temperature is carried out from 80°C to about the boiling point of the solvent used. In terms of reaction time, from the viewpoint of yield, gas chromatography (GC) and silica gel thin layer chromatography (TLC) should be used to track the reaction to complete the reaction, which is ideally about 6 to 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, Intermediate A can be obtained from the reaction mixture by ordinary aqueous work-up. The obtained intermediate A can be purified according to conventional methods such as distillation, silica gel column chromatography, and recrystallization, if necessary.

第2步驟係將中間體A之二芳基硫醚予以氧化而獲得二芳基亞碸的步驟。 The second step is a step of oxidizing the diaryl sulfide of the intermediate A to obtain a diaryl arylene.

反應可利用公知的有機合成方法進行。具體而言,將中間體A溶解於甲酸、乙酸等,並添加過氧化氫水而進行反應。對於硫醚使用過量的過氧化氫水的話,會導致過度氧化成磺內酯。也可將硫醚溶解於二氯甲烷,並使用間氯過苯甲酸進行反應。反應溫度係從室溫至約50℃進行。就反應時間而言,考量產率的觀點,宜利用GC、TLC追蹤反應以完成反應較理想,通常為約6~24小時。反應結束後,從反應混合物利用通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)可獲得中間體B。獲得之中間體B視需要可依矽膠管柱層析、再結晶等常法進行精製。 The reaction can be carried out by a known organic synthesis method. Specifically, the intermediate body A is dissolved in formic acid, acetic acid, or the like, and hydrogen peroxide water is added for the reaction. Excessive use of hydrogen peroxide water for thioethers will result in over-oxidation to sultones. The thioether can also be dissolved in dichloromethane and reacted with m-chloroperbenzoic acid. The reaction temperature is carried out from room temperature to about 50°C. As far as the reaction time is concerned, considering the yield, it is preferable to follow the reaction by GC and TLC to complete the reaction, which is usually about 6 to 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, Intermediate B can be obtained from the reaction mixture by ordinary aqueous work-up. The obtained intermediate B can be purified according to conventional methods such as silica gel column chromatography and recrystallization, if necessary.

第3步驟係對中間體B之羰基使用對應之二醇而獲得環狀縮醛中間體C的步驟。 The third step is a step of obtaining the cyclic acetal intermediate C by using the corresponding diol for the carbonyl group of the intermediate B.

反應可利用公知的有機合成方法進行。具體而言,將中間體B溶解於甲苯、二甲苯等,並添加對應之二醇而進行反應。反應時,藉由添加鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、對甲苯磺酸、甲磺酸、三氟甲磺酸等酸觸媒,可改善反應速度。又,藉由將反應系中生成的水除去至系外,而使反應系之平衡移向產物側,可縮短反應 時間。反應溫度係於約80~150℃進行。就反應時間而言,考量產率的觀點,宜利用GC、TLC追蹤反應以完成反應較理想,通常為約6~24小時。反應結束後,從反應混合物利用通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)可獲得中間體C。獲得之中間體C視需要可依矽膠管柱層析、再結晶等常法進行精製。 The reaction can be carried out by a known organic synthesis method. Specifically, the intermediate body B is dissolved in toluene, xylene, etc., and the corresponding diol is added and reacted. During the reaction, the reaction rate can be improved by adding an acid catalyst such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, and trifluoromethanesulfonic acid. In addition, by removing the water produced in the reaction system to the outside of the system, the equilibrium of the reaction system is shifted to the product side, and the reaction can be shortened time. The reaction temperature is carried out at about 80 to 150°C. As far as the reaction time is concerned, considering the yield, it is preferable to follow the reaction by GC and TLC to complete the reaction, which is usually about 6 to 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, Intermediate C can be obtained from the reaction mixture by ordinary aqueous work-up. The obtained intermediate C can be purified according to conventional methods such as silica gel column chromatography and recrystallization, if necessary.

第4步驟係對中間體C加成由鹵化氟苯製得之Grignard試劑而獲得中間體D之三芳基鋶鹽的步驟。 The fourth step is a step of adding a Grignard reagent prepared from halogenated fluorobenzene to the intermediate C to obtain the triaryl perylene salt of the intermediate D.

反應可利用公知的有機合成方法進行。具體而言,由鹵化氟苯依常法製備Grignard試劑,並添加已溶解於二氯甲烷、四氫呋喃(THF)等之中間體C。之後,滴加三甲基氯矽烷。反應溫度係於約10~30℃進行。就反應時間而言,考量產率的觀點,宜利用TLC追蹤反應以完成反應較理想,通常為約1~2小時。反應結束後,從反應混合物利用通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)可獲得中間體D。獲得之中間體D視需要可依矽膠管柱層析、再結晶等常法進行精製。此外,中間體D之X-宜為氯化物離子或溴化物離子。 The reaction can be carried out by a known organic synthesis method. Specifically, Grignard's reagent is prepared from halogenated fluorobenzenes according to the usual method, and intermediate C which has been dissolved in dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran (THF), etc. is added. After that, trimethylchlorosilane was added dropwise. The reaction temperature is carried out at about 10 to 30°C. In terms of reaction time, from the viewpoint of yield, it is preferable to follow the reaction by TLC to complete the reaction, which is usually about 1 to 2 hours. After completion of the reaction, intermediate D can be obtained from the reaction mixture by ordinary aqueous work-up. The obtained intermediate D can be purified according to conventional methods such as silica gel column chromatography and recrystallization, if necessary. In addition, X- of the intermediate D is preferably a chloride ion or a bromide ion.

第5步驟係使獲得之中間體D與中間體E進行鹽交換而獲得中間體F的步驟。 The fifth step is a step in which intermediate F is obtained by subjecting the obtained intermediate D to salt exchange with intermediate E.

反應可利用公知的有機合成方法進行。具體而言,使中間體D與中間體E溶解或懸浮於二氯甲烷、甲基異丁基酮等,進一步加入水並攪拌。考量產率的觀點,反應的進行宜利用TLC進行確認較理想。反應結束後,從反應混合物利用通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)可獲得中間體F。視需要可依層析、再結晶等常法進行精製。 The reaction can be carried out by a known organic synthesis method. Specifically, intermediate D and intermediate E are dissolved or suspended in dichloromethane, methyl isobutyl ketone, or the like, and water is further added and stirred. From the viewpoint of yield, the progress of the reaction is preferably confirmed by TLC. After completion of the reaction, intermediate F can be obtained from the reaction mixture by ordinary aqueous work-up. If necessary, it can be purified by conventional methods such as chromatography and recrystallization.

前述方案中,第5步驟之離子交換可利用公知的方法輕易地進行,例如可參考日本特開2007-145797號公報。 In the aforementioned scheme, the ion exchange in the fifth step can be easily performed by a known method, for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-145797.

第6步驟係藉由獲得之中間體F之芳香族親核取代反應而獲得鋶化合物(A-a)的步驟。 The sixth step is a step of obtaining the perionium compound (A-a) by the aromatic nucleophilic substitution reaction of the obtained intermediate F.

就反應而言,係使氫化鈉懸浮於THF,邊冷卻反應系邊滴加中間體F之THF溶液。考量產率的觀點,反應的進行宜利用TLC進行確認較理想。反應結束後,從反應混合物利用通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)可獲得鋶化合物(A-a)。視需要可依層析、再結晶等常法進行精製。 For the reaction, sodium hydride was suspended in THF, and the THF solution of Intermediate F was added dropwise while cooling the reaction system. From the viewpoint of yield, the progress of the reaction is preferably confirmed by TLC. After completion of the reaction, the perionium compound (A-a) can be obtained from the reaction mixture by ordinary aqueous work-up. If necessary, it can be purified by conventional methods such as chromatography and recrystallization.

此外,基於前述方案之製造方法僅係一例,本發明之鋶化合物之製造方法不限於此。又,前述方案係關於具有醚鍵之化合物的合成例,如為本領域的技術人員,藉由使用常識範圍內的有機化學方法,也可合成具有酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵或胺基甲酸酯鍵的鋶化合物。 In addition, the production method based on the above-mentioned scheme is merely an example, and the production method of the perionium compound of the present invention is not limited to this. In addition, the aforementioned scheme is about the synthesis example of the compound with ether bond. For those skilled in the art, by using organic chemical methods within the scope of common sense, it is also possible to synthesize the compound with ester bond, sulfonate bond, carbonate bond or Peronium compounds with urethane linkages.

[化學增幅光阻組成物] [Chemical Amplified Photoresist Composition]

本發明之化學增幅光阻組成物含有:(A)由式(A)表示之鋶化合物構成的光酸產生劑;及(B)基礎樹脂作為必要成分,並含有:(C)有機溶劑作為其他成分。 The chemically amplified photoresist composition of the present invention contains: (A) a photoacid generator composed of a perium compound represented by the formula (A); and (B) a base resin as essential components, and contains: (C) an organic solvent as other Element.

視需要亦可含有:(D)其他光酸產生劑; (E)淬滅劑;另外,視需要還可含有:(F)不溶或難溶於水但可溶於鹼顯影液的界面活性劑、及/或不溶或難溶於水及鹼顯影液的界面活性劑;此外,視需要更可含有:(G)其他成分。 If necessary, it may also contain: (D) other photoacid generators; (E) a quencher; in addition, if necessary, may also contain: (F) a surfactant that is insoluble or poorly soluble in water but soluble in an alkaline developer, and/or a surfactant that is insoluble or poorly soluble in water and an alkaline developer Surfactant; in addition, if necessary, it may contain: (G) other components.

(A)成分之由式(A)表示之鋶化合物構成的光酸產生劑之含量,相對於後述(B)基礎樹脂80質量份宜為0.1~20質量份,為0.5~10質量份更佳。(A)成分之含量為前述範圍的話,感度、解析性良好,在光阻膜之顯影後或剝離時不會有產生異物問題之虞,故較佳。(A)成分之光酸產生劑可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。 The content of the photoacid generator composed of the pericynium compound represented by the formula (A) in the component (A) is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 80 parts by mass of the base resin (B) described later. . When the content of the component (A) is within the aforementioned range, the sensitivity and resolution are favorable, and there is no possibility that a foreign matter problem will occur after the development or peeling of the photoresist film, which is preferable. The photoacid generator of (A) component can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

[(B)基礎樹脂] [(B) Base resin]

(B)成分之基礎樹脂含有下式(a1)或(a2)表示之重複單元。 The base resin of the component (B) contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (a1) or (a2).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0059-59
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0059-59

式(a1)及(a2)中,RA各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基。ZA為單鍵、伸苯基、伸萘基或(主鏈)-C(=O)-O-ZA1-,ZA1為亦可含有羥基、醚鍵、酯 鍵或內酯環之碳數1~10之烷二基、或伸苯基或伸萘基。ZB為單鍵或(主鏈)-C(=O)-O-。XA及XB各自獨立地為酸不穩定基。R11為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。n為0~4之整數。 In formulae (a1) and (a2), R A is each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group. Z A is a single bond, phenylene extension, naphthylene extension or (main chain)-C(=O)-OZ A1-, Z A1 is a carbon number 1 which may also contain hydroxyl, ether bond, ester bond or lactone ring ~10 alkanediyl, or phenylene or naphthylene. Z B is a single bond or (main chain)-C(=O)-O-. X A and X B are each independently an acid labile group. R 11 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. n is an integer from 0 to 4.

改變式(a1)中之ZA而得的結構可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,RA及XA與前述相同。 Although the structure obtained by changing Z A in Formula (a1) is mentioned below, it is not limited to these. In addition, in the following formula, R A and X A are the same as described above.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0060-60
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0060-60

[化54]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0061-61
[Chemical 54]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0061-61

含有式(a1)表示之重複單元的聚合物,會因酸的作用而分解並生成羧基,成為鹼可溶性。 The polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (a1) is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a carboxyl group and becomes alkali-soluble.

酸不穩定基並無特別限定,例如宜為:選自下式(L1)~(L4)之基;碳數4~20,較佳為碳數4~15之3級烷基;各烷基分別為碳數1~6之烷基的三烷基矽基;碳數4~20之含側氧基之烷基等。 The acid-labile group is not particularly limited, for example, it is suitable for: a group selected from the following formulae (L1)~(L4); carbon number 4~20, preferably a 3-level alkyl group with carbon number 4~15; each alkyl group They are trialkylsilyl groups of alkyl groups with 1 to 6 carbon atoms; alkyl groups with side oxygen groups of 4 to 20 carbon atoms, etc.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0061-62
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0061-62

式中,虛線為原子鍵(以下相同)。 In the formula, the dotted line is an atomic bond (the same applies hereinafter).

式(L1)中,RL01及RL02為:氫原子;或碳數1~18,較佳為碳數1~10之烷基。前述烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉:甲基、乙 基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、環戊基、環己基、2-乙基己基、正辛基、降莰基、三環癸基、四環十二烷基、金剛烷基等。 In formula (L1), R L01 and R L02 are: a hydrogen atom; or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The aforementioned alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tertiary Butyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-octyl, norbornyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclododecyl, adamantyl, etc.

RL03為亦可含有含氧原子等雜原子之基的碳數1~18,較佳為碳數1~10之1價烴基。前述1價烴基可列舉:直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀之烷基;該等之氫原子之一部分取代為羥基、烷氧基、側氧基、胺基、烷基胺基等而得者;該等之碳原子之一部分取代為含氧原子等雜原子之基而得者等。前述烷基可列舉與前述作為RL01及RL02表示之烷基者同樣的烷基。又,取代烷基可列舉以下所示之基等。 R L03 is a carbon number of 1 to 18, preferably a monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, which may also contain a group containing a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom. The above-mentioned monovalent hydrocarbon group includes straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl groups; a part of these hydrogen atoms is substituted with a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a pendant oxy group, an amino group, an alkylamine group, etc. ; A part of these carbon atoms is substituted with a group containing a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, etc. Examples of the above-mentioned alkyl group include the same alkyl groups as the above-mentioned alkyl groups represented as R L01 and R L02 . Moreover, the group shown below etc. are mentioned as a substituted alkyl group.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0062-63
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0062-63

RL01與RL02、RL01與RL03、或RL02與RL03亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之碳原子、氧原子一起形成環,形成環時參與環形成之RL01、RL02及RL03分別為直鏈狀或分支狀之碳數1~18,較佳為碳數1~10之烷二基。 R L01 and R L02 , R L01 and R L03 , or R L02 and R L03 can also be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the carbon atoms and oxygen atoms to which they are bonded, and R L01 and R participating in the formation of the ring when forming the ring L02 and R L03 are respectively linear or branched alkanediyl groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.

式(L2)中,RL04為:碳數4~20,較佳為碳數4~15之3級烷基;各烷基分別為碳數1~6之烷基的三烷基矽基;碳數4~20之含側氧基之烷基;或式(L1)表示之基。前述3級烷基可列舉:第三丁基、第三戊基、1,1-二乙基丙基、2-環戊基丙烷-2-基、2-環己基丙烷-2-基、2-(雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2-基)丙烷-2-基、2-(金剛烷-1-基)丙烷-2-基、1-乙基環戊基、1-丁基環戊基、1-乙基環己基、1-丁基環己基、1- 乙基-2-環戊烯基、1-乙基-2-環己烯基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基、2-乙基-2-金剛烷基等。前述三烷基矽基可列舉:三甲基矽基、三乙基矽基、二甲基-第三丁基矽基等。前述含側氧基之烷基可列舉:3-側氧基環己基、4-甲基-2-側氧基氧雜環己烷-4-基、5-甲基-2-側氧基氧雜環戊烷-5-基等。x為0~6之整數。 In formula (L2), R L04 is: carbon number 4~20, preferably the 3rd-level alkyl group of carbon number 4~15; Each alkyl group is the trialkylsilyl group of the alkyl group of carbon number 1~6 respectively; An alkyl group containing a pendant oxygen group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms; or a group represented by formula (L1). Examples of the tertiary alkyl group include tertiary butyl, tertiary pentyl, 1,1-diethylpropyl, 2-cyclopentylpropan-2-yl, 2-cyclohexylpropan-2-yl, 2- -(Bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)propan-2-yl, 2-(adamantan-1-yl)propan-2-yl, 1-ethylcyclopentyl, 1-butyl ring Pentyl, 1-ethylcyclohexyl, 1-butylcyclohexyl, 1-ethyl-2-cyclopentenyl, 1-ethyl-2-cyclohexenyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantane group, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl, etc. Examples of the aforementioned trialkylsilyl group include trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, dimethyl-tert-butylsilyl, and the like. The aforementioned alkyl group containing a pendant oxygen group may include: 3-oxygen cyclohexyl, 4-methyl-2-oxygen oxane-4-yl, 5-methyl-2-oxygenoxy Heterocyclopentan-5-yl, etc. x is an integer from 0 to 6.

式(L3)中,RL05為亦可經取代之直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀之碳數1~8之烷基、或亦可經取代之碳數6~20之芳基。前述亦可經取代之烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、正戊基、正己基、環戊基、環己基等直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀之烷基;該等基之氫原子之一部分取代為羥基、烷氧基、羧基、烷氧基羰基、側氧基、胺基、烷基胺基、氰基、巰基、烷硫基、磺基等而得者等。前述亦可經取代之芳基可列舉:苯基、甲基苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、芘基;該等基之氫原子之一部分取代為羥基、烷氧基、羧基、烷氧基羰基、側氧基、胺基、烷基胺基、氰基、巰基、烷硫基、磺基等而得者等。y為0或1,z為0~3之整數,2y+z=2或3。 In formula (L3), R L05 is an optionally substituted linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The aforementioned alkyl group which may be substituted may be any of linear, branched and cyclic, and specific examples thereof include: methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, second Butyl, tert-butyl, tert-pentyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and other straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl groups; part of the hydrogen atoms of these groups are substituted with A hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a pendant oxygen group, an amino group, an alkylamine group, a cyano group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group, a sulfo group, and the like. The aforementioned aryl groups that can also be substituted include: phenyl, methylphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, pyrenyl; a portion of the hydrogen atoms of these groups are substituted with hydroxyl, alkoxy, carboxyl, alkane Oxycarbonyl, pendant oxy, amino, alkylamine, cyano, mercapto, alkylthio, sulfo, etc. y is 0 or 1, z is an integer from 0 to 3, 2y+z=2 or 3.

式(L4)中,RL06為亦可經取代之碳數1~8之烷基、或亦可經取代之碳數6~20之芳基。前述烷基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者。前述烷基及芳基之具體例可分別列舉與作為RL05表示者所說明者同樣的烷基及芳基。 In formula (L4), R L06 is an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The aforementioned alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specific examples of the above-mentioned alkyl group and aryl group include the same alkyl group and aryl group as those described as those represented by R L05 , respectively.

RL07~RL16各自獨立地為氫原子、或亦可經取代之碳數1~15之1價烴基。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、正戊基、正己基、正辛基、正壬基、正癸基、環戊基、環己基、環戊基甲基、環戊基乙基、 環戊基丁基、環己基甲基、環己基乙基、環己基丁基等直鏈狀、分支狀或環狀之烷基;該等之氫原子之一部分取代為羥基、烷氧基、羧基、烷氧基羰基、側氧基、胺基、烷基胺基、氰基、巰基、烷硫基、磺基等而得者等。選自RL07~RL16中之2個亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之碳原子一起形成環(例如,RL07與RL08、RL07與RL09、RL07與RL10、RL08與RL10、RL09與RL10、RL11與RL12、RL13與RL14等),此時參與環形成之基為碳數1~15之2價烴基。前述2價烴基可列舉從作為前述1價烴基所列舉者除去1個氫原子而得者等。又,RL07~RL16中與相鄰碳鍵結者彼此亦可直接鍵結並形成雙鍵(例如,RL07與RL09、RL09與RL15、RL13與RL15、RL14與RL15等)。 R L07 to R L16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may be substituted. The aforementioned monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, th Tributyl, tert-pentyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclopentyl Linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups such as butyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cyclohexylbutyl; a part of these hydrogen atoms is substituted with hydroxyl, alkoxy, carboxyl, alkoxy Carbonyl, pendant oxy, amino, alkylamine, cyano, mercapto, alkylthio, sulfo, etc. Two selected from R L07 to R L16 may also be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded (for example, R L07 and R L08 , R L07 and R L09 , R L07 and R L10 , R L07 and R L08 , R L07 and R L09 L08 and R L10 , R L09 and R L10 , R L11 and R L12 , R L13 and R L14 , etc.), at this time, the group involved in ring formation is a divalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 15 carbon atoms. Examples of the above-mentioned divalent hydrocarbon group include those obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from those listed as the above-mentioned monovalent hydrocarbon group. In addition, those of R L07 -R L16 that are bonded to adjacent carbons can also be directly bonded to each other to form a double bond (for example, R L07 and R L09 , R L09 and R L15 , R L13 and R L15 , R L14 and R L15 , etc.).

式(L1)表示之酸不穩定基中直鏈狀或分支狀者可列舉以下所示之基,但不限於該等。 Among the acid-labile groups represented by the formula (L1), straight-chain or branched ones include the groups shown below, but are not limited to these.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0064-64
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0064-64

式(L1)表示之酸不穩定基中環狀者可列舉四氫呋喃-2-基、2-甲基四氫呋喃-2-基、四氫吡喃-2-基、2-甲基四氫吡喃-2-基等。 Among the acid-labile groups represented by formula (L1), cyclic ones include tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydropyran-2-yl, 2-methyltetrahydropyran- 2-base, etc.

式(L2)表示之酸不穩定基可列舉:第三丁氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基甲基、第三戊基氧基羰基、第三戊基氧基羰基甲基、1,1-二乙基丙基氧基羰基、1,1-二乙基丙基氧基羰基甲基、1-乙基環戊基氧基羰基、1-乙基環戊基氧基羰基甲基、1-乙基-2-環戊烯基氧基羰基、1-乙基-2-環戊烯基氧基羰基甲基、1-乙氧基乙氧基羰基甲基、2-四氫吡喃基氧基羰基甲基、2-四氫呋喃基氧基羰基甲基等。 Examples of the acid-labile group represented by the formula (L2) include 3rd butoxycarbonyl, 3rd butoxycarbonylmethyl, 3rd pentyloxycarbonyl, 3rd pentyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1,1 -Diethylpropyloxycarbonyl, 1,1-diethylpropyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-ethylcyclopentyloxycarbonyl, 1-ethylcyclopentyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1 -Ethyl-2-cyclopentenyloxycarbonyl, 1-ethyl-2-cyclopentenyloxycarbonylmethyl, 1-ethoxyethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl Oxycarbonylmethyl, 2-tetrahydrofuryloxycarbonylmethyl, etc.

式(L3)表示之酸不穩定基可列舉:1-甲基環戊基、1-乙基環戊基、1-正丙基環戊基、1-異丙基環戊基、1-正丁基環戊基、1-第二丁基環戊基、1-環己基環戊基、1-(4-甲氧基-正丁基)環戊基、1-甲基環己基、1-乙基環己基、3-甲基-1-環戊烯-3-基、3-乙基-1-環戊烯-3-基、3-甲基-1-環己烯-3-基、3-乙基-1-環己烯-3-基等。 The acid-labile group represented by the formula (L3) includes: 1-methylcyclopentyl, 1-ethylcyclopentyl, 1-n-propylcyclopentyl, 1-isopropylcyclopentyl, 1-n-propylcyclopentyl Butylcyclopentyl, 1-second-butylcyclopentyl, 1-cyclohexylcyclopentyl, 1-(4-methoxy-n-butyl)cyclopentyl, 1-methylcyclohexyl, 1- Ethylcyclohexyl, 3-methyl-1-cyclopenten-3-yl, 3-ethyl-1-cyclopenten-3-yl, 3-methyl-1-cyclohexen-3-yl, 3-ethyl-1-cyclohexen-3-yl and the like.

式(L4)表示之酸不穩定基為下式(L4-1)~(L4-4)表示之基特佳。 The acid-labile group represented by the formula (L4) is preferably a group represented by the following formulae (L4-1) to (L4-4).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0065-65
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0065-65

式(L4-1)~(L4-4)中,虛線為鍵結位置及鍵結方向。RL21各自獨立地為碳數1~10之1價烴基。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、正戊基、正己基、環戊基、環己基等烷基等。 In formulas (L4-1) to (L4-4), the dotted lines are the bonding positions and bonding directions. R L21 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The aforementioned monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, th Tributyl, tertiary pentyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and other alkyl groups, etc.

式(L4-1)~(L4-4)表示之基可能存在立體異構物(鏡像異構物或非鏡像異構物),但以式(L4-1)~(L4-4)來代表表示該等立體異構物全部。酸不穩定基XA為式(L4)表示之基時,也可含有多種立體異構物。 The groups represented by formulas (L4-1)~(L4-4) may have stereoisomers (mirror image isomers or non-mirror image isomers), but they are represented by formulas (L4-1)~(L4-4) All these stereoisomers are shown. When the acid-labile group X A is a group represented by the formula (L4), various stereoisomers may be contained.

例如,式(L4-3)係代表表示選自下式(L4-3-1)及(L4-3-2)表示之基中之1種或2種之混合物。 For example, the formula (L4-3) represents one kind or a mixture of two kinds selected from the groups represented by the following formulae (L4-3-1) and (L4-3-2).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0066-66
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0066-66

式中,RL21與前述相同。 In the formula, R L21 is the same as described above.

又,式(L4-4)係代表表示選自下式(L4-4-1)~(L4-4-4)表示之基中之1種或2種以上之混合物。 Moreover, the formula (L4-4) represents one type or a mixture of two or more types selected from groups represented by the following formulae (L4-4-1) to (L4-4-4).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0066-67
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0066-67

式中,RL21與前述相同。 In the formula, R L21 is the same as described above.

式(L4-1)~(L4-4)、(L4-3-1)、(L4-3-2)、及式(L4-4-1)~(L4-4-4)係代表表示它們的鏡像異構物及鏡像異構物之混合物。 Formulas (L4-1)~(L4-4), (L4-3-1), (L4-3-2), and formulas (L4-4-1)~(L4-4-4) represent them enantiomers and mixtures of enantiomers.

此外,式(L4-1)~(L4-4)、(L4-3-1)、(L4-3-2)、及式(L4-4-1)~(L4-4-4)之鍵結方向,各相對於雙環[2.2.1]庚烷環為外向(exo)側,藉此會在酸觸媒脫離反應中實現高反應性(參照日本特開2000-336121號公報)。在製造以具有雙環[2.2.1]庚烷骨架之3級exo-烷基作為取代基之單體時,有時會含有經下式(L4-1-endo)~(L4-4-endo)表示之內向(endo)-烷基取代之單體,但為了實現良好的反應性,exo比率宜為50莫耳%以上,exo比率為80莫耳%以上更佳。 In addition, the bonds of formulas (L4-1) to (L4-4), (L4-3-1), (L4-3-2), and formulas (L4-4-1) to (L4-4-4) The junction directions are each on the exo side with respect to the bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane ring, thereby achieving high reactivity in the acid catalyst desorption reaction (refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-336121). When producing a monomer having a tertiary exo-alkyl group having a bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane skeleton as a substituent, it may contain the following formulas (L4-1-endo) to (L4-4-endo) Indicates an endo-alkyl-substituted monomer, but in order to achieve good reactivity, the exo ratio is preferably 50 mol % or more, and more preferably, the exo ratio is 80 mol % or more.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0067-68
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0067-68

式中,RL21與前述相同。 In the formula, R L21 is the same as described above.

式(L4)表示之酸不穩定基可列舉以下所示之基,但不限於該等。 The acid-labile group represented by the formula (L4) includes, but is not limited to, the groups shown below.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0067-69
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0067-69

又,XA表示之碳數4~20之3級烷基、各烷基分別為碳數1~6之烷基的三烷基矽基、及碳數4~20之含側氧基之烷基,分別可列舉與RL04之說明中所列舉者同樣之基。 In addition, X A represents a 3-level alkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, each alkyl group is a trialkylsilyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an alkane having a pendant oxygen group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. The bases can be the same as those listed in the description of R L04 , respectively.

式(a1)表示之重複單元可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,RA與前述相同。 The repeating unit represented by the formula (a1) includes, but is not limited to, those shown below. In addition, in the following formula, R A is the same as that described above.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0068-70
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0068-70

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0068-71
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0068-71

[化65]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0069-72
[Chemical 65]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0069-72

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0069-73
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0069-73

[化67]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0070-74
[Chemical 67]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0070-74

此外,該等具體例係ZA為單鍵的情形,但ZA為單鍵以外的情形亦可和同樣的酸不穩定基組合。ZA為單鍵以外時的具體例如前述。 In addition, these specific examples are the case where Z A is a single bond, but when Z A is other than a single bond, it may be combined with the same acid-labile group. Specific examples when Z A is other than a single bond are as described above.

式(a2)中,n為0~4之整數,宜為0或1。 In formula (a2), n is an integer from 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1.

含有式(a2)表示之重複單元的聚合物,與式(a1)表示之重複單元同樣,會因酸的作用而分解並生成羥基,成為鹼可溶性。 The polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (a2), like the repeating unit represented by the formula (a1), is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a hydroxyl group and become alkali-soluble.

式(a2)表示之重複單元可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,RA與前述相同。 The repeating unit represented by the formula (a2) includes, but is not limited to, those shown below. In addition, in the following formula, R A is the same as that described above.

[化68]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0071-75
[Chemical 68]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0071-75

[化69]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0072-76
[Chemical 69]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0072-76

前述聚合物宜更含有下式(b1)或(b2)表示之重複單元。 The aforementioned polymer preferably further contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (b1) or (b2).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0072-77
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0072-77

式(b1)及(b2)中,RA與前述相同。YA為氫原子、或含有選自羥基、氰基、羰基、羧基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環及羧酸酐中之至少1個以上之結構的極性基。b為1或2。 In formulas (b1) and (b2), RA is the same as described above. Y A is a hydrogen atom, or contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, a sulfonate bond, a carbonate bond, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, and a carboxylic acid anhydride The polar group of the above structure. b is 1 or 2.

式(b1)表示之重複單元可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,RA與前述相同。 The repeating unit represented by the formula (b1) includes, but is not limited to, those shown below. In addition, in the following formula, R A is the same as that described above.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0073-78
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0073-78

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0074-79
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0074-79

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0075-80
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0075-80

[化74]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0076-81
[Chemical 74]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0076-81

[化75]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0077-82
[Chemical 75]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0077-82

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0077-83
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0077-83

[化77]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0078-84
[Chemical 77]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0078-84

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0078-85
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0078-85

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0079-86
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0079-86

[化80]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0080-87
[Chemical 80]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0080-87

式(b2)表示之重複單元可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,RA與前述相同。 The repeating unit represented by the formula (b2) includes, but is not limited to, those shown below. In addition, in the following formula, R A is the same as that described above.

[化81]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0081-88
[Chemical 81]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0081-88

就式(b1)或(b2)表示之重複單元而言,在ArF微影中,為具有內酯環作為極性基者特佳,在KrF、EB及EUV微影中,宜為具有苯酚部位者。 As far as the repeating unit represented by formula (b1) or (b2) is concerned, in ArF lithography, it is particularly preferred to have a lactone ring as a polar group, and in KrF, EB and EUV lithography, it is suitable to have a phenol site. .

前述聚合物亦可更含有選自下式(c1)~(c3)表示之重複單元中之至少1種。 The said polymer may further contain at least 1 sort(s) chosen from the repeating unit represented by following formula (c1)-(c3).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0081-89
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0081-89

式(c1)~(c3)中,RA與前述相同。Z1為單鍵、伸苯基、-O-Z11-、-C(=O)-O-Z11-或-C(=O)-NH-Z11-。Z11為碳數1~20之烷二基、碳數2~20之烯二基或伸苯基,亦可含有羰基(-CO-)、酯鍵(-COO-)、醚鍵(-O-)或羥基。Z2為單鍵、或-Z21-C(=O)-O-。Z21為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之2價烴基。Z3為單鍵、亞甲基、伸乙基、伸苯基、氟化伸苯基、-O-Z31-、-C(=O)-O-Z31-或-C(=O)-NH-Z31-。Z31為碳數1~6之烷二基、碳數2~6之烯二基或伸苯基,亦可含有羰基、酯鍵、醚鍵或羥基。 In the formulae (c1) to (c3), R A is the same as described above. Z 1 is a single bond, a phenylene group, -OZ 11 -, -C(=O)-OZ 11 - or -C(=O)-NH-Z 11 -. Z 11 is an alkanediyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenediyl group with a carbon number of 2 to 20 or a phenylene group, and may also contain carbonyl (-CO-), ester bond (-COO-), ether bond (-O -) or hydroxyl. Z 2 is a single bond, or -Z 21 -C(=O)-O-. Z 21 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. Z 3 is a single bond, methylene, ethylidene, phenylene, fluorinated phenylene, -OZ 31 -, -C(=O)-OZ 31 - or -C(=O)-NH-Z 31- . Z 31 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenediyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenylene group, and may also contain a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an ether bond, or a hydroxyl group.

式(c1)中,R21及R22各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。又,R21與R22亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環。 In formula (c1), R 21 and R 22 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. Also, R 21 and R 22 may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded.

R21及R22表示之1價烴基可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第三丁基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基、環丙基甲基、4-甲基環己基、環己基甲基、降莰基、金剛烷基等烷基;乙烯基、烯丙基、丙烯基、丁烯基、己烯基、環己烯基等烯基;苯基、萘基、噻吩基等芳基;苄基、1-苯基乙基、2-苯基乙基等芳烷基等,宜為芳基。前述1價烴基之氫原子之一部分亦可取代為含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、鹵素原子等雜原子之基,該等基之碳原子間亦可插入有含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子之基,其結果也可含有羥基、氰基、羰基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環、羧酸酐、鹵烷基等。 Examples of monovalent hydrocarbon groups represented by R 21 and R 22 include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cyclopropyl Methyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and other alkyl groups; vinyl, allyl, propenyl, butenyl, hexenyl, cyclohexenyl and other alkenes phenyl, naphthyl, thienyl and other aryl groups; benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl and other aralkyl groups, etc., preferably aryl groups. A part of the hydrogen atom of the aforementioned monovalent hydrocarbon group can also be substituted with a group containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, halogen atom, etc. Atoms and other heteroatoms may also contain hydroxyl, cyano, carbonyl, ether bond, ester bond, sulfonate bond, carbonate bond, lactone ring, sultone ring, carboxylic acid anhydride, haloalkyl, etc. .

式(c1)中,M-表示之非親核性相對離子可列舉:氯化物離子、溴化物離子等鹵化物離子;三氟甲磺酸根離子、1,1,1-三氟乙烷磺酸根離子、九氟丁烷磺酸根離子等氟烷基磺酸根離子;甲苯磺酸根離子、苯磺酸根離子、4-氟苯磺酸根離子、1,2,3,4,5-五氟苯磺酸根離子等芳基磺酸根離子;甲磺酸根離子、丁烷磺酸根離子等烷基磺酸根離子;雙(三氟甲基磺醯基)醯亞胺離子、雙(全氟乙基磺醯基)醯亞胺離子、雙(全氟丁基磺醯基)醯亞胺離子等醯亞胺酸離子;參(三氟甲基磺醯基)甲基化物離子、參(全氟乙基磺醯基)甲基化物離子等甲基化酸離子。 In formula (c1), the non - nucleophilic counter ions represented by M- include halide ions such as chloride ions and bromide ions; trifluoromethanesulfonate ions, 1,1,1-trifluoroethanesulfonate ion, fluoroalkyl sulfonate ion such as nonafluorobutanesulfonate ion; toluenesulfonate ion, benzenesulfonate ion, 4-fluorobenzenesulfonate ion, 1,2,3,4,5-pentafluorobenzenesulfonate Aryl sulfonate ions such as ions; alkyl sulfonate ions such as methanesulfonate ions, butane sulfonate ions; bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide ions, bis(perfluoroethylsulfonyl) ions imide ion, bis(perfluorobutylsulfonyl) imide ion and other imide ions; ) methylated acid ions such as methide ions.

另外,作為前述非親核性相對離子,可列舉下式(c1-1)表示之α位經氟原子取代之磺酸陰離子及下式(c1-2)表示之α位及β位經氟原子取代之磺酸陰離子。 In addition, examples of the non-nucleophilic counter ions include a sulfonic acid anion substituted with a fluorine atom at the α-position represented by the following formula (c1-1), and a fluorine atom at the α-position and β-position represented by the following formula (c1-2). Substituted sulfonic acid anion.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0082-90
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0082-90

式(c1-1)中,R31為氫原子、碳數1~20之烷基、碳數2~20之烯基、或碳數6~20之芳基,亦可含有醚鍵、酯鍵、羰基、內酯環或氟原子。前述烷基及烯基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者。 In formula (c1-1), R 31 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aryl group with 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and may also contain ether bonds and ester bonds. , carbonyl group, lactone ring or fluorine atom. The aforementioned alkyl group and alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.

式(c1-2)中,R32為氫原子、碳數1~30之烷基、碳數2~30之醯基、碳數2~20之烯基、碳數6~20之芳基、或碳數6~20之芳氧基,亦可含有醚鍵、酯鍵、羰基或內酯環。前述烷基、醯基及烯基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者。 In formula (c1-2), R 32 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, Or an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and may also contain an ether bond, an ester bond, a carbonyl group or a lactone ring. The aforementioned alkyl group, acyl group, and alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.

式(c2)中,Z2為-Z21-C(=O)-O-時,Z21表示之亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之2價烴基可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。 In the formula (c2), when Z 2 is -Z 21 -C(=O)-O-, the divalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by Z 21 that may also contain a hetero atom can be listed below, but Not limited to these.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0083-91
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0083-91

式中,虛線為原子鍵。 In the formula, the dotted line is the atomic bond.

式(c2)及(c3)中,A+為鋶陽離子或錪陽離子。前述鋶陽離子及錪陽離子分別宜為下式(c4)表示者及下式(c5)表示者。 In formulas (c2) and (c3), A + is a perionium cation or an iodonium cation. The aforementioned periconium cation and iodonium cation are preferably represented by the following formula (c4) and those represented by the following formula (c5), respectively.

[化85]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0084-92
[Chemical 85]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0084-92

式(c4)中,R41、R42及R43各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。又,R41、R42及R43中之任2者亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環。式(c5)中,R44及R45各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。 In formula (c4), R 41 , R 42 and R 43 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. In addition, any two of R 41 , R 42 and R 43 may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded. In formula (c5), R 44 and R 45 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom.

前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第三丁基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基、環丙基甲基、4-甲基環己基、環己基甲基、降莰基、金剛烷基等烷基;乙烯基、烯丙基、丙烯基、丁烯基、己烯基、環己烯基等烯基;苯基、萘基、噻吩基等芳基;苄基、1-苯基乙基、2-苯基乙基等芳烷基等。該等之中,宜為芳基。又,前述1價烴基之氫原子之一部分亦可取代為含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、鹵素原子等雜原子之基,該等基之碳原子間亦可插入有含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子之基,其結果也可含有羥基、氰基、羰基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環、羧酸酐、鹵烷基等。 The aforementioned monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, Cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and other alkyl groups; vinyl, allyl, propenyl, Alkenyl groups such as butenyl, hexenyl, and cyclohexenyl; aryl groups such as phenyl, naphthyl, and thienyl; aralkyl groups such as benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, and 2-phenylethyl. Among these, an aryl group is suitable. In addition, a part of the hydrogen atom of the aforementioned monovalent hydrocarbon group can also be substituted with a group containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, halogen atom, etc., and an oxygen atom, sulfur atom can also be inserted between the carbon atoms of these groups. , nitrogen atom and other heteroatom groups, the result may also contain hydroxyl, cyano, carbonyl, ether bond, ester bond, sulfonate bond, carbonate bond, lactone ring, sultone ring, carboxylic anhydride, haloalkane Base et al.

R41、R42及R43中之任2者彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環時,式(c4)表示之鋶陽離子可列舉下式表示者等。 When any two of R 41 , R 42 and R 43 are bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded, the periconium cation represented by the formula (c4) includes those represented by the following formula.

[化86]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0085-93
[Chemical 86]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0085-93

式中,R46為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。 In the formula, R 46 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom.

式(c4)表示之鋶陽離子可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。 Examples of the perionium cation represented by the formula (c4) include those shown below, but are not limited to these.

[化87]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0086-94
[Chemical 87]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0086-94

[化88]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0087-95
[Chemical 88]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0087-95

[化89]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0088-96
[Chemical 89]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0088-96

[化90]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0089-97
[Chemical 90]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0089-97

[化91]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0090-98
[Chemical 91]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0090-98

[化92]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0091-99
[Chemical 92]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0091-99

[化93]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0092-101
[Chemical 93]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0092-101

[化94]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0093-102
[Chemical 94]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0093-102

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0093-103
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0093-103

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0094-104
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0094-104

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0094-105
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0094-105

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0095-106
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0095-106

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0095-107
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0095-107

[化100]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0096-108
[Chemical 100]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0096-108

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0096-109
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0096-109

[化102]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0097-110
[Chemical 102]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0097-110

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0097-111
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0097-111

[化104]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0098-112
[Chemical 104]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0098-112

[化105]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0099-113
[Chemical 105]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0099-113

式(c5)表示之錪陽離子可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。 The iodonium cation represented by the formula (c5) includes, but is not limited to, those shown below.

[化106]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0100-114
[Chemical 106]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0100-114

前述聚合物亦可更含有具有以酸不穩定基保護了羥基之結構的重複單元。如此之重複單元只要是具有1個或2個以上之羥基被保護之結構且保護基會因酸的作用而分解並生成羥基者,則無特別限定,宜為下式(d1)表示者。 The aforementioned polymer may further contain a repeating unit having a structure in which a hydroxyl group is protected with an acid-labile group. Such a repeating unit is not particularly limited as long as it has a structure in which one or two or more hydroxyl groups are protected and the protecting group is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a hydroxyl group, but is preferably represented by the following formula (d1).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0100-115
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0100-115

式(d1)中,RA與前述相同。R51為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~30之(k+1)價烴基。R52為酸不穩定基。k為1~4之整數。 In formula (d1), R A is the same as described above. R 51 is a (k+1)-valent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. R 52 is an acid labile group. k is an integer from 1 to 4.

式(d1)表示之重複單元可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,RA及R52與前述相同。 The repeating unit represented by the formula (d1) includes, but is not limited to, those shown below. In addition, in the following formula, R A and R 52 are the same as described above.

[化108]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0101-116
[Chemical 108]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0101-116

[化109]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0102-117
[Chemical 109]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0102-117

[化110]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0103-118
[Chemical 110]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0103-118

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0103-119
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0103-119

[化112]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0104-120
[Chemical 112]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0104-120

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0104-121
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0104-121

式(d1)中,酸不穩定基R52只要是會因酸的作用而脫保護並產生羥基者即可。R52的結構並無特別限定,宜為縮醛結構、縮酮結構、或烷氧基羰基等,具體而言可列舉以下所示者等。此外,下式中,虛線為原子鍵。 In the formula (d1), the acid-labile group R 52 may be deprotected by the action of an acid to generate a hydroxyl group. The structure of R 52 is not particularly limited, but is preferably an acetal structure, a ketal structure, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or the like, and specific examples thereof include those shown below. In addition, in the following formula, the dotted line is an atomic bond.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0105-122
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0105-122

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0105-123
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0105-123

作為R52特別理想的酸不穩定基係下式(d2)表示之烷氧基甲基。 A particularly desirable acid-labile group for R 52 is an alkoxymethyl group represented by the following formula (d2).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0105-124
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0105-124

式中,虛線為原子鍵。R53為碳數1~15之1價烴基。 In the formula, the dotted line is the atomic bond. R 53 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.

式(d2)表示之酸不穩定基可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。 The acid-labile group represented by the formula (d2) includes, but is not limited to, those shown below.

[化117]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0106-125
[Chemical 117]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0106-125

[化118]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0107-126
[Chemical 118]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0107-126

[化119]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0108-128
[Chemical 119]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0108-128

前述聚合物亦可更含有前述者以外的其他重複單元。例如可含有來自下列物質的重複單元:甲基丙烯酸甲酯、巴豆酸甲酯、馬來酸二甲酯、伊康酸二甲酯等經取代之丙烯酸酯類;馬來酸、富馬酸、伊康酸等不飽和羧酸;降莰烯、降莰烯衍生物、四環[6.2.1.13,6.02,7]十二烯衍生物等環狀烯烴類;伊康酸酐等不飽和酸酐;其他單體。 The aforementioned polymer may further contain other repeating units than the aforementioned. For example, it may contain repeating units derived from the following substances: substituted acrylates such as methyl methacrylate, methyl crotonate, dimethyl maleate, dimethyl itonate; maleic acid, fumaric acid, Unsaturated carboxylic acids such as itaconic acid; cyclic olefins such as norbornene, norbornene derivatives, tetracyclo[6.2.1.1 3,6 .0 2,7 ]dodecene derivatives; Saturated anhydrides; other monomers.

前述聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)宜為1,000~500,000,為3,000~100,000更佳。Mw為該範圍的話,可獲得充分的蝕刻耐性,不會有由於無法確保曝光前後之溶解速度差而導致解析性降低之虞。此外,本發明中,Mw係利用使用THF作為溶劑之凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)獲得的聚苯乙烯換算測定值。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the aforementioned polymer is preferably 1,000-500,000, more preferably 3,000-100,000. When Mw is within this range, sufficient etching resistance can be obtained, and there is no possibility of a decrease in resolution due to the inability to secure the difference in dissolution rate before and after exposure. In addition, in this invention, Mw is a polystyrene conversion measurement value obtained by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using THF as a solvent.

另外,前述聚合物中分子量分布(Mw/Mn)廣時,由於存在低分子量、高分子量之聚合物,會有曝光後在圖案上觀察到異物,或圖案形狀惡化之虞。因此,隨著圖案規則微細化,Mw/Mn的影響容易變大,故為了獲得適合用於微細圖案尺寸之光阻組成物,前述聚合物的Mw/Mn宜為1.0~2.0之窄分散。 In addition, when the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) in the polymer is wide, there is a possibility that foreign matter is observed on the pattern after exposure, or the shape of the pattern deteriorates due to the presence of low molecular weight and high molecular weight polymers. Therefore, the influence of Mw/Mn tends to increase with the miniaturization of pattern rules. Therefore, in order to obtain a photoresist composition suitable for fine pattern size, the Mw/Mn of the aforementioned polymer is preferably narrowly dispersed in the range of 1.0 to 2.0.

前述聚合物之合成方法之一例,可列舉對1種或多種具有不飽和鍵之單體,在有機溶劑中加入自由基引發劑並予以加熱來進行聚合的方法。聚合反應所使用的有機溶劑,可列舉甲苯、苯、THF、二乙醚、二

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0109-198
烷等。聚合引發劑可列舉:2,2’-偶氮雙異丁腈(AIBN)、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、二甲基2,2-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸酯)、過氧化苯甲醯、過氧化月桂醯等。反應溫度宜為50~80℃。反應時間宜為2~100小時,更佳為5~20小時。酸不穩定基可直接使用已導入到單體者,也可於聚合後予以保護化或部分保護化。 An example of the synthesis method of the aforementioned polymer includes a method of polymerizing one or more monomers having an unsaturated bond by adding a radical initiator to an organic solvent and heating. The organic solvent used in the polymerization reaction includes toluene, benzene, THF, diethyl ether, diethyl ether,
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0109-198
alkane etc. The polymerization initiators include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), dimethyl 2,2-azo Bis(2-methylpropionate), benzyl peroxide, lauryl peroxide, etc. The reaction temperature is preferably 50 to 80°C. The reaction time is preferably 2 to 100 hours, more preferably 5 to 20 hours. The acid-labile group may be directly introduced into the monomer, or may be protected or partially protected after polymerization.

前述聚合物中之各重複單元的理想含有比例,例如可設定為以下所示之範圍(莫耳%),但不限於此。 Although the desirable content ratio of each repeating unit in the said polymer can be set to the range (mol%) shown below, for example, it is not limited to this.

(I)式(a1)或(a2)表示之重複單元之1種或2種以上宜設定為1~60莫耳%,更佳為5~50莫耳%,又更佳為10~50莫耳%;(II)式(b1)或(b2)表示之重複單元之1種或2種以上宜設定為40~99莫耳%,更佳為50~95莫耳%,又更佳為50~90莫耳%;(III)選自式(c1)~(c3)之重複單元之1種或2種以上宜設定為0~30莫耳%,更佳為0~20莫耳%,又更佳為0~10莫耳%;及(IV)來自其他單體之重複單元之1種或2種以上宜設定為0~80莫耳%,更佳為0~70莫耳%,又更佳為0~50莫耳%。 (1) One or more of the repeating units represented by formula (a1) or (a2) should preferably be set to 1-60 mol %, more preferably 5-50 mol %, and still more preferably 10-50 mol % %; (II) one or more of the repeating units represented by formula (b1) or (b2) should preferably be set to 40-99 mol %, more preferably 50-95 mol %, and more preferably 50 mol % ~90 mol%; (III) one or more of the repeating units selected from formulas (c1) to (c3) should preferably be set to 0 to 30 mol%, more preferably 0 to 20 mol%, and More preferably, it is 0-10 mol%; and (IV) one or more kinds of repeating units from other monomers are preferably set at 0-80 mol%, more preferably 0-70 mol%, and more Preferably, it is 0~50 mol%.

就(B)基礎樹脂而言,可單獨使用1種,或可將組成比率、Mw及/或Mw/Mn不同的2種以上組合使用。又,(B)基礎樹脂除含有前述聚合物外,亦可含有開環複分解聚合物之氫化物,其可使用日本特開2003-66612號公報記載者。 As for the (B) base resin, one type may be used alone, or two or more types having different composition ratios, Mw and/or Mw/Mn may be used in combination. Moreover, (B) base resin may contain the hydrogenated product of a ring-opening metathesis polymer in addition to the said polymer, and the thing described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2003-66612 can be used.

[(C)有機溶劑] [(C) Organic solvent]

作為(C)成分之有機溶劑,只要是可溶解前述各成分及後述各成分者,則無特別限定。作為如此之有機溶劑,例如可列舉:日本特開2008-111103號公報之段落[0144]~[0145]記載的環己酮、甲基-2-正戊基酮等酮類;3-甲氧基丁醇、3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1-乙氧基-2-丙醇等醇類;丙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚等醚類;丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、丙酮酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙酸第三丁酯、丙酸第三丁酯、丙二醇單第三丁醚乙酸酯等酯類;γ-丁內酯等內酯類;及它們的混合溶劑。使用縮醛系酸不穩定基時,為了使縮醛的脫保護反應加速,亦可加入高沸點的醇系溶劑,具體而言可加入二乙二醇、丙二醇、甘油、1,4-丁烷二醇、1,3-丁烷二醇等。 The organic solvent of the component (C) is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve each of the above-mentioned components and each of the components to be described later. Examples of such organic solvents include ketones such as cyclohexanone and methyl-2-n-pentyl ketone described in paragraphs [0144] to [0145] of JP-A No. 2008-111103; 3-methoxy Ethyl butanol, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol and other alcohols; propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol Ethers such as monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether; propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate, acetone Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-butyl acetate, 3-butyl propionate, propylene glycol mono-tert-butyl ether acetate and other esters; γ-butyrolactone and other lactones; and their mixed solvents. When an acetal-based acid-labile group is used, in order to accelerate the deprotection reaction of the acetal, a high-boiling alcohol-based solvent, specifically, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, and 1,4-butane may be added. Diol, 1,3-butanediol, etc.

該等有機溶劑之中,宜為(A)成分之光酸產生劑之溶解性特別優異的1-乙氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、環己酮、γ-丁內酯、及它們的混合溶劑。 Among these organic solvents, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, cyclohexanone, γ-butane, which are particularly excellent in solubility of the photoacid generator of the component (A) are preferred. Lactones, and their mixed solvents.

有機溶劑的使用量相對於(B)基礎樹脂80質量份,宜為200~5,000質量份,為400~3,000質量份更佳。 The amount of the organic solvent used is preferably 200 to 5,000 parts by mass, more preferably 400 to 3,000 parts by mass, relative to 80 parts by mass of the (B) base resin.

[(D)其他光酸產生劑] [(D) Other photoacid generators]

本發明之化學增幅光阻組成物亦可含有(A)成分以外之光酸產生劑(以下,亦稱為其他光酸產生劑。)作為(D)成分。其他光酸產生劑只要是會因高能量射線照射而產生酸的化合物,則無特別限定。理想的其他光酸產生劑可列舉下式(1)表示者。 The chemically amplified photoresist composition of the present invention may contain a photoacid generator (hereinafter, also referred to as another photoacid generator) other than the component (A) as the component (D). The other photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that generates acid by irradiation with high-energy rays. Desirable other photoacid generators include those represented by the following formula (1).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0111-129
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0111-129

式(1)中,R101、R102及R103各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。又,R101、R102及R103中之任2者亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉與式(c4)之說明中所例示者同樣的1價烴基。又,式(1)表示之鋶鹽之陽離子之具體例,可列舉與式(c4)表示之鋶陽離子之具體例同樣者。 In formula (1), R 101 , R 102 and R 103 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. In addition, any two of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include the same monovalent hydrocarbon groups as those exemplified in the description of the formula (c4). In addition, the specific example of the cation of the periconium salt represented by the formula (1) is the same as the specific example of the periconium cation represented by the formula (c4).

式(1)中,X-為選自下式(1A)~(1D)之陰離子。 In formula (1), X - is an anion selected from the following formulae (1A) to (1D).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0111-130
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0111-130

式(1A)中,Rfa為氟原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉與後述式(1A’)之R112之說明中所例示者同樣的1價烴基。 In formula (1A), R fa is a fluorine atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include the same monovalent hydrocarbon groups as those exemplified in the description of R 112 in the formula (1A') below.

式(1A)表示之陰離子宜為下式(1A’)表示者。 The anion represented by the formula (1A) is preferably represented by the following formula (1A').

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0112-131
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0112-131

式(1A’)中,R111為氫原子或三氟甲基,宜為三氟甲基。R112為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~38之1價烴基。前述雜原子宜為氧原子、氮原子、硫原子、鹵素原子等,為氧原子更佳。考量在微細圖案形成中獲得高解析性的觀點,前述1價烴基為碳數6~30者特佳。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、新戊基、環戊基、己基、環己基、3-環己烯基、庚基、2-乙基己基、壬基、十一烷基、十三烷基、十五烷基、十七烷基、1-金剛烷基、2-金剛烷基、1-金剛烷基甲基、降莰基、降莰基甲基、三環癸基、四環十二烷基、四環十二烷基甲基、二環己基甲基、二十烷基、烯丙基、苄基、二苯基甲基、四氫呋喃基、甲氧基甲基、乙氧基甲基、甲硫基甲基、乙醯胺甲基、三氟乙基、(2-甲氧基乙氧基)甲基、乙醯氧基甲基、2-羧基-1-環己基、2-側氧基丙基、4-側氧基-1-金剛烷基、3-側氧基環己基等。又,該等基之氫原子之一部分亦可取代為含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、鹵素原子等雜原子之基,或該等基之一部分碳原子間亦可插入有含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子之基,其結果也可含有羥基、氰 基、羰基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環、羧酸酐、鹵烷基等。 In formula (1A'), R 111 is a hydrogen atom or a trifluoromethyl group, preferably a trifluoromethyl group. R 112 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 38 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. The aforementioned heteroatom is preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a halogen atom, etc., more preferably an oxygen atom. From the viewpoint of obtaining high resolution in fine pattern formation, the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is particularly preferred. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and second butyl. base, tert-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, nonyl, undecyl, tridecyl base, pentadecyl, heptadecyl, 1-adamantyl, 2-adamantyl, 1-adamantylmethyl, norbornyl, norbornylmethyl, tricyclodecyl, tetracyclodecyl Dialkyl, tetracyclododecylmethyl, dicyclohexylmethyl, eicosyl, allyl, benzyl, diphenylmethyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl group, methylthiomethyl, acetamidomethyl, trifluoroethyl, (2-methoxyethoxy)methyl, acetyloxymethyl, 2-carboxy-1-cyclohexyl, 2- Side oxypropyl, 4-side oxy-1-adamantyl, 3-side oxycyclohexyl, etc. In addition, a part of the hydrogen atoms of these groups can also be substituted with a group containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom, halogen atom, etc., or a part of the carbon atoms of these groups can also be inserted with oxygen atom, sulfur atom, etc. Atoms, nitrogen atoms and other heteroatoms may also contain hydroxyl, cyano, carbonyl, ether bond, ester bond, sulfonate bond, carbonate bond, lactone ring, sultone ring, carboxylic acid anhydride, halogen Alkyl etc.

關於具有式(1A’)表示之陰離子之鋶鹽的合成,詳見日本特開2007-145797號公報、日本特開2008-106045號公報、日本特開2009-7327號公報、日本特開2009-258695號公報等。又,也可理想地使用日本特開2010-215608號公報、日本特開2012-41320號公報、日本特開2012-106986號公報、日本特開2012-153644號公報等記載之鋶鹽。 For details on the synthesis of perylene salts having an anion represented by the formula (1A'), see JP 2007-145797 A, JP 2008-106045 A, JP 2009-7327 A, JP 2009-A Gazette No. 258695, etc. In addition, the salts described in JP 2010-215608 A, JP 2012-41320 A, JP 2012-106986 A, JP 2012-153644 A, and the like can also be preferably used.

式(1A)表示之陰離子可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,Ac為乙醯基。 Although the anion represented by Formula (1A) can be mentioned below, it is not limited to these. In addition, in the following formula, Ac is an acetyl group.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0113-132
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0113-132

[化124]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0114-133
[Chemical 124]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0114-133

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0114-134
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0114-134

[化126]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0115-135
[Chemical 126]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0115-135

式(1B)中,Rfb1及Rfb2各自獨立地為氟原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉與前述R112之說明中所列舉者同樣的1價烴基。Rfb1及Rfb2宜為氟原子或碳數1~4之直鏈狀氟化烷基。又,Rfb1及Rfb2亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之基(-CF2-SO2-N--SO2-CF2-)一起形成環,此時,Rfb1與Rfb2彼此鍵結而獲得之基為氟化伸乙基、氟化伸丙基特佳。 In formula (1B), R fb1 and R fb2 are each independently a fluorine atom, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include the same monovalent hydrocarbon groups as those listed in the description of R 112 above. R fb1 and R fb2 are preferably a fluorine atom or a straight-chain fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In addition, R fb1 and R fb2 may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the group to which they are bonded (-CF 2 -SO 2 -N - -SO 2 -CF 2 -), in this case, R fb1 and R fb2 The groups obtained by bonding with each other are particularly preferably fluorinated ethylidene and fluorinated propylidene.

式(1C)中,Rfc1、Rfc2及Rfc3各自獨立地為氟原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉與前述R112之說明中所列舉者同樣的1價烴基。Rfc1、Rfc2及Rfc3宜為氟原子或碳數1~4之直鏈狀氟化烷基。又,Rfc1及Rfc2亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結 之基(-CF2-SO2-C--SO2-CF2-)一起形成環,此時,Rfc1與Rfc2彼此鍵結而獲得之基宜為以氟化伸乙基、氟化伸丙基形成環結構者。 In formula (1C), R fc1 , R fc2 and R fc3 are each independently a fluorine atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include the same monovalent hydrocarbon groups as those listed in the description of R 112 above. R fc1 , R fc2 and R fc3 are preferably a fluorine atom or a straight-chain fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In addition, R fc1 and R fc2 may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the group to which they are bonded (-CF 2 -SO 2 -C - -SO 2 -CF 2 -), in this case, R fc1 and R fc2 The groups obtained by bonding with each other are preferably those which form a ring structure with fluorinated ethylidene and fluorinated propylidene.

式(1D)中,Rfd為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉與前述R112之說明中所列舉者同樣的1價烴基。 In formula (1D), R fd is a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include the same monovalent hydrocarbon groups as those listed in the description of R 112 above.

關於具有式(1D)表示之陰離子之鋶鹽的合成,詳見日本特開2010-215608號公報及日本特開2014-133723號公報。 For the synthesis of the perylene salt having the anion represented by the formula (1D), see Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-215608 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-133723 for details.

式(1D)表示之陰離子可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。 The anion represented by the formula (1D) includes, but is not limited to, those shown below.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0116-136
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0116-136

此外,具有式(1D)表示之陰離子的光酸產生劑,雖然在磺基之α位不具有氟,但由於在β位具有2個三氟甲基,故具有充分的酸性度足以將光阻聚合物中之酸不穩定基切斷。因此,可作為光酸產生劑使用。 In addition, the photoacid generator having the anion represented by the formula (1D) does not have fluorine at the α-position of the sulfo group, but has two trifluoromethyl groups at the β-position, so it has sufficient acidity to prevent photoresist Acid-labile groups in the polymer are cleaved. Therefore, it can be used as a photoacid generator.

又,(D)成分之光酸產生劑為下式(2)表示者亦佳。 Moreover, it is also preferable that the photoacid generator of the component (D) is represented by the following formula (2).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0117-137
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0117-137

式(2)中,R201及R202各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~30之1價烴基。R203為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~30之2價烴基。又,R201、R202及R203中之任2者亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環。LA為單鍵、醚鍵、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之2價烴基。Xa、Xb、Xc及Xd各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或三氟甲基。惟,Xa、Xb、Xc及Xd中之至少1者為氟原子或三氟甲基。 In formula (2), R 201 and R 202 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. R 203 is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may contain a hetero atom. Moreover, any two of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded. L A is a single bond, an ether bond, or a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. X a , X b , X c and X d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group. However, at least one of X a , X b , X c and X d is a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group.

R201及R202表示之1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、正戊基、正己基、正辛基、正壬基、正癸基、環戊基、環己基、2-乙基己基、環戊基甲基、環戊基乙基、環戊基丁基、環己基甲基、環己基乙基、環己基丁基、降莰基、氧雜降莰基、三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸基、金剛烷基、苯基、萘基、蒽基等。又,該等基之氫原子之一部分亦可取代為含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、鹵素原子等雜原子之基,該等基之碳原子間亦可插入有含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子之基,其結果也可含有羥基、氰基、羰基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環、羧酸酐、鹵烷基等。 The monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 201 and R 202 may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl, 3-butyl, 3-pentyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, cyclopentyl Methyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclopentylbutyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cyclohexylbutyl, norbornyl, oxanorbornyl, tricyclic [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] Decyl, adamantyl, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, etc. In addition, a part of the hydrogen atoms of these groups can also be substituted with groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, halogen atoms, etc., and oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, The group of heteroatoms such as nitrogen atom may, as a result, also contain a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, a sulfonate bond, a carbonate bond, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, a carboxylic acid anhydride, and a haloalkyl group. Wait.

R203表示之2價烴基可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、辛烷-1,8-二基、壬烷-1,9-二基、癸烷-1,10-二基、十一烷-1,11-二基、十二烷-1,12-二基、十三烷-1,13-二基、十四烷-1,14-二基、十五烷-1,15-二基、十六烷-1,16-二基、十七烷-1,17-二基等直鏈狀烷二基;環戊烷二基、環己烷二基、降莰烷二基、金剛烷二基等2價飽和環式烴基;伸苯基、伸萘基等伸芳基等。又,該等基之氫原子之一部分亦可取代為甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、第三丁基等烷基。又,該等基之氫原子之一部分亦可取代為含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、鹵素原子等雜原子之基,該等基之碳原子間亦可插入有含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子之基,其結果也可含有羥基、氰基、羰基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環、羧酸酐、鹵烷基等。前述雜原子宜為氧原子。 Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group represented by R 203 include methylene, ethylidene, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, pentane-1,5-diyl, and hexane- 1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8-diyl, nonane-1,9-diyl, decane-1,10-diyl, undecane -1,11-diyl, dodecane-1,12-diyl, tridecane-1,13-diyl, tetradecane-1,14-diyl, pentadecane-1,15-diyl Alkanediyl, hexadecane-1,16-diyl, heptadecan-1,17-diyl and other linear alkanediyl; cyclopentanediyl, cyclohexanediyl, norbornanediyl, diamond Divalent saturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups such as alkanediyl; aryl extensions such as phenylene, naphthyl, etc. In addition, a part of the hydrogen atoms of these groups may be substituted with alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, n-butyl, and tert-butyl. In addition, a part of the hydrogen atoms of these groups can also be substituted with groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, halogen atoms, etc., and oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, The group of heteroatoms such as nitrogen atom may, as a result, also contain a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, a sulfonate bond, a carbonate bond, a lactone ring, a sultone ring, a carboxylic acid anhydride, and a haloalkyl group. Wait. The aforementioned heteroatom is preferably an oxygen atom.

式(2)表示之光酸產生劑宜為下式(2’)表示者。 The photoacid generator represented by the formula (2) is preferably represented by the following formula (2').

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0118-138
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0118-138

式(2’)中,LA與前述相同。Xe為氫原子或三氟甲基,宜為三氟甲基。R301、R302及R303各自獨立地為氫原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉與前述R112之說明中所列舉者同樣的1價烴基。p及q各自獨立地為0~5之整數,r為0~4之整數。 In formula (2'), L A is the same as described above. X e is a hydrogen atom or a trifluoromethyl group, preferably a trifluoromethyl group. R 301 , R 302 and R 303 are each independently a hydrogen atom, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include the same monovalent hydrocarbon groups as those listed in the description of R 112 above. p and q are each independently an integer of 0 to 5, and r is an integer of 0 to 4.

式(2)表示之光酸產生劑可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,Xe與前述相同,Me為甲基。 The photoacid generator represented by the formula (2) includes, but is not limited to, those shown below. In addition, in the following formula, X e is the same as described above, and Me is a methyl group.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0119-139
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0119-139

[化131]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0120-140
[Chemical 131]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0120-140

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0120-141
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0120-141

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0121-142
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0121-142

前述其他光酸產生劑中,含有式(1A’)或(1D)表示之陰離子者的酸擴散小,且於光阻溶劑之溶解性亦優異,係特佳。又,含有式(2’)表示之陰離子者的酸擴散極小,係特佳。 Among the other photoacid generators mentioned above, those containing the anion represented by the formula (1A') or (1D) have small acid diffusion and are also excellent in solubility in photoresist solvents, which are particularly preferred. In addition, those containing the anion represented by the formula (2') have extremely small acid diffusion and are particularly preferred.

含有(D)成分之光酸產生劑時,其含量相對於(B)基礎樹脂80質量份宜為0.1~40質量份,為0.5~20質量份更佳。(D)成分之光酸產生劑的添加量為前述範圍的話,解析性良好,光阻膜之顯影後或剝離時不會有產生異物問題之虞,故較佳。(D)成分之光酸產生劑可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。 When the photoacid generator of (D) component is contained, its content is preferably 0.1-40 mass parts with respect to 80 mass parts of (B) base resins, More preferably, it is 0.5-20 mass parts. When the addition amount of the photoacid generator of the component (D) is in the above-mentioned range, the resolution is good, and there is no possibility of a foreign matter problem after development or peeling of the photoresist film, which is preferable. (D) The photoacid generator of a component can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

[(E)淬滅劑] [(E) quencher]

本發明之化學增幅光阻組成物也可更含有淬滅劑(酸擴散控制劑)。此外,本發明中,淬滅劑係指藉由捕捉由化學增幅光阻組成物中之光酸產生劑產生之酸而防止其朝未曝光部之擴散,並用以形成所期望之圖案的材料。 The chemically amplified photoresist composition of the present invention may further contain a quencher (acid diffusion control agent). Further, in the present invention, the quencher refers to a material for forming a desired pattern by capturing the acid generated by the photoacid generator in the chemically amplified photoresist composition, preventing its diffusion to the unexposed portion.

(E)淬滅劑可列舉下式(3)或(4)表示之鎓鹽。 (E) The quencher includes onium salts represented by the following formula (3) or (4).

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0122-143
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0122-143

式(3)中,Rq1為氫原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基,但磺基之α位之碳原子所鍵結的氫原子經氟原子或氟烷基取代者除外。式(4)中,Rq2為氫原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基。前述1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉與式(1A’)中之R112之說明中所例示者同樣的1價烴基。 In formula (3), R q1 is a hydrogen atom, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms that may also contain a hetero atom, but the hydrogen atom bound to the carbon atom at the α position of the sulfo group is through a fluorine atom or a fluorocarbon. Except for base substitutions. In formula (4), R q2 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. The monovalent hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include the same monovalent hydrocarbon groups as those exemplified in the description of R 112 in the formula (1A′).

作為Rq1表示之1價烴基,具體而言,可列舉:氫原子、甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、第三戊基、正己基、正辛基、正壬基、正癸基、環戊基、環己基、2-乙基己基、環戊基甲基、環戊基乙基、環戊基丁基、環己基甲基、環己基乙基、環己基丁基、降莰基、氧雜降莰基、三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸基、金剛烷基、苯基、萘基、蒽基等。又,該等基之氫原子之一部分亦可取代為含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、鹵素原子等雜原子之基,或該等基之碳原子間亦可插入有含氧原子、硫原子、氮原子等雜原子之基,其結果也可含有羥基、氰基、羰基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環、羧酸酐、鹵烷基等。 Specific examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R q1 include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, Third pentyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclopentylbutyl , cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cyclohexylbutyl, norbornyl, oxanorbornyl, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decyl, adamantyl, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracene Base et al. In addition, a part of the hydrogen atoms of these groups can also be substituted with groups containing heteroatoms such as oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, nitrogen atoms, halogen atoms, etc., or the carbon atoms of these groups can also be inserted with oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, etc. , nitrogen atom and other heteroatom groups, the result may also contain hydroxyl, cyano, carbonyl, ether bond, ester bond, sulfonate bond, carbonate bond, lactone ring, sultone ring, carboxylic anhydride, haloalkane Base et al.

作為Rq2表示之1價烴基,具體而言,除可列舉作為Rq1之具體例所例示之取代基外,也可列舉三氟甲基、三氟乙基等氟化烷基、五氟苯基、4-三氟甲基苯基等氟化芳基。 Specific examples of the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R q2 include, in addition to the substituents exemplified as specific examples of R q1 , fluorinated alkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl and trifluoroethyl, and pentafluorobenzene. fluorinated aryl groups, such as 4-trifluoromethylphenyl, etc.

式(3)表示之鎓鹽的陰離子可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。 The anions of the onium salt represented by the formula (3) include, but are not limited to, those shown below.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0123-145
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0123-145

[化136]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0124-146
[Chemical 136]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0124-146

式(4)表示之鎓鹽的陰離子可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。 The anions of the onium salt represented by the formula (4) include, but are not limited to, those shown below.

[化137]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0125-147
[Chemical 137]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0125-147

式(3)及(4)中,Mq+為鎓陽離子。前述鎓陽離子宜為下式(5a)、(5b)或(5c)表示者。 In formulas (3) and (4), Mq + is an onium cation. The aforementioned onium cation is preferably represented by the following formula (5a), (5b) or (5c).

[化138]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0126-148
[Chemical 138]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0126-148

式(5a)~(5c)中,Rq11~Rq19各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基。又,Rq11與Rq12亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環,Rq16與Rq17亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之氮原子一起形成環。前述1價烴基可列舉與式(3)中之Rq1之說明所述者同樣的1價烴基。 In formulae (5a) to (5c), R q11 to R q19 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom. Also, R q11 and R q12 may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded, and R q16 and R q17 may be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded. Examples of the above-mentioned monovalent hydrocarbon group include the same monovalent hydrocarbon groups as described in the description of R q1 in the formula (3).

Mq+表示之鎓陽離子可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,Me為甲基。 The onium cation represented by Mq + includes, but is not limited to, those shown below. In addition, in the following formula, Me is a methyl group.

[化139]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0127-149
[Chemical 139]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0127-149

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0127-150
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0127-150

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0128-151
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0128-151

式(3)或(4)表示之鎓鹽之具體例可列舉前述陰離子及陽離子的任意組合。此外,該等鎓鹽可藉由使用了已知有機化學方法之離子交換反應輕易地製備。關於離子交換反應,例如可參考日本特開2007-145797號公報。 Specific examples of the onium salt represented by the formula (3) or (4) include any combination of the aforementioned anions and cations. In addition, these onium salts can be easily prepared by ion exchange reaction using known organic chemical methods. Regarding the ion exchange reaction, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-145797 can be referred to.

式(3)或(4)表示之鎓鹽,在本發明之化學增幅光阻組成物中作為淬滅劑發揮作用。這是因為前述鎓鹽之各相對陰離子係弱酸之共軛鹼。此處所稱弱酸,係指呈現無法使基礎樹脂所使用之含酸不穩定基之單元的酸不穩定基脫保護的酸度者。式(3)或(4)表示之鎓鹽,當和具有如α位經氟化之磺酸之強酸之共軛鹼作為相對陰離子的鎓鹽型光酸產生劑併用時,作為淬滅劑發揮功能。亦即,將產生如α位經氟化之磺酸之強酸的鎓鹽,和產生如未經氟取代之磺酸、羧酸之弱酸的鎓鹽混合使用時,因高能量射線照射而從光酸產生劑產生之強酸碰撞未反應的具弱酸陰離子之鎓鹽的話,則會因鹽交換而釋放出弱酸,生成具強酸陰離子之 鎓鹽。於此過程,強酸交換成觸媒能力較低的弱酸,故表觀上酸失活,可進行酸擴散的控制。 The onium salt represented by the formula (3) or (4) functions as a quencher in the chemically amplified photoresist composition of the present invention. This is because the opposite anions of the aforementioned onium salts are conjugate bases of weak acids. The weak acid as used herein refers to an acidity that cannot deprotect the acid-labile group of the acid-labile group-containing unit used in the base resin. The onium salt represented by the formula (3) or (4) functions as a quencher when used together with an onium salt-type photoacid generator having a conjugate base of a strong acid such as a fluorinated sulfonic acid at the α position as a counter anion. Function. That is, when an onium salt that produces a strong acid such as a fluorinated sulfonic acid at the α position is used in combination with an onium salt that produces a weak acid such as a sulfonic acid and a carboxylic acid that is not substituted by fluorine, it is irradiated with high-energy rays from light. If the strong acid generated by the acid generator collides with the unreacted onium salt with a weak acid anion, the weak acid will be released due to salt exchange, and a strong acid anion will be generated. Onium salt. In this process, the strong acid is exchanged into a weak acid with lower catalytic capacity, so the acid is apparently inactivated and the acid diffusion can be controlled.

此處,產生強酸之光酸產生劑為鎓鹽時,如前述,因高能量射線照射而產生之強酸可交換成弱酸,另一方面,據認為因高能量射線照射而產生之弱酸難以和未反應的產生強酸之鎓鹽碰撞而進行鹽交換。係因為鎓陽離子容易和較強酸之陰離子形成離子對的現象所致。 Here, when the photoacid generator that generates the strong acid is an onium salt, as described above, the strong acid generated by irradiation with high-energy rays can be exchanged for the weak acid. The strong acid-producing onium salts of the reaction collide to exchange salts. It is due to the phenomenon that onium cations easily form ion pairs with anions of stronger acids.

含有式(3)或(4)表示之鎓鹽作為(E)淬滅劑時,其含量相對於(B)基礎樹脂80質量份宜為0.1~10質量份,為0.1~5質量份更佳。(E)成分之淬滅劑為前述範圍的話,解析性良好,感度不會顯著降低,故較佳。式(3)或(4)表示之鎓鹽可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。 When the onium salt represented by the formula (3) or (4) is contained as the (E) quencher, its content is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass relative to 80 parts by mass of the (B) base resin, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass . When the quencher of the component (E) is in the above-mentioned range, the resolution is good and the sensitivity does not decrease significantly, which is preferable. The onium salt represented by the formula (3) or (4) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

又,(E)成分之淬滅劑亦可使用含氮化合物。作為如此之含氮化合物,可列舉日本特開2008-111103號公報之段落[0146]~[0164]記載的1級、2級或3級胺化合物,尤其具有羥基、醚鍵、酯鍵、內酯環、氰基、磺酸酯鍵之胺化合物。又,也可列舉如日本專利第3790649號公報記載之化合物般將1級或2級胺以胺基甲酸酯基進行保護而得的化合物。 In addition, a nitrogen-containing compound can also be used as a quencher of (E) component. Examples of such nitrogen-containing compounds include the primary, secondary or tertiary amine compounds described in paragraphs [0146] to [0164] of JP-A No. 2008-111103, especially those having a hydroxyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond, an internal Amine compound of ester ring, cyano group and sulfonate bond. Moreover, like the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 3790649, the compound obtained by protecting a primary or secondary amine with a urethane group can also be mentioned.

又,含氮化合物亦可使用具有含氮取代基的磺酸鋶鹽。如此之化合物於未曝光部作為淬滅劑發揮功能,曝光部則因與其本身產生的酸中和而失去淬滅劑能力,而作為所謂光崩壞性鹼發揮功能。藉由使用光崩壞性鹼,可進一步提高曝光部與未曝光部的對比度。光崩壞性鹼例如可參考日本特開2009-109595號公報、日本特開2012-46501號公報等。 In addition, as the nitrogen-containing compound, a sulfonic acid sulfonium salt having a nitrogen-containing substituent may be used. Such a compound functions as a quencher in the unexposed part, and the exposed part loses the ability of the quencher due to neutralization with the acid generated by itself, and functions as a so-called photodegradable base. By using a photodisintegrating alkali, the contrast of an exposed part and an unexposed part can be improved further. For example, the photodegradable base can be referred to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-109595, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-46501, and the like.

含有含氮化合物作為(E)成分之淬滅劑時,其含量相對於(B)基礎樹脂80質量份宜為0.001~12質量份,為0.01~8質量份更佳。前述含氮化合物可單獨使用1種或將2種以上組合使用。 When the nitrogen-containing compound is contained as the quencher of the component (E), the content thereof is preferably 0.001 to 12 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 8 parts by mass, relative to 80 parts by mass of the (B) base resin. The aforementioned nitrogen-containing compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

[(F)不溶或難溶於水但可溶於鹼顯影液的界面活性劑、及/或不溶或難溶於水及鹼顯影液的界面活性劑] [(F) Surfactant that is insoluble or sparingly soluble in water but soluble in alkali developer, and/or insoluble or sparingly soluble in water and alkali developer]

本發明之化學增幅光阻組成物亦可更含有(F)不溶或難溶於水但可溶於鹼顯影液的界面活性劑、及/或不溶或難溶於水及鹼顯影液的界面活性劑。如此之界面活性劑可參照日本特開2010-215608號公報、日本特開2011-16746號公報記載者。 The chemically amplified photoresist composition of the present invention may further contain (F) a surfactant that is insoluble or poorly soluble in water but soluble in an alkaline developer, and/or an interface active agent that is insoluble or poorly soluble in water and an alkaline developer agent. For such surfactants, reference can be made to those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-215608 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-16746.

作為不溶或難溶於水及鹼顯影液的界面活性劑,前述公報記載之界面活性劑之中,宜為FC-4430(3M公司製)、surflon(註冊商標)S-381(AGC SEIMI CHEMICAL(股)製)、OLFINE(註冊商標)E1004(日信化學工業(股)製)、KH-20、KH-30(AGC SEIMI CHEMICAL(股)製)、及下式(surf-1)表示之氧雜環丁烷開環聚合物等。 Among the surfactants described in the aforementioned gazettes, FC-4430 (manufactured by 3M Corporation), surflon (registered trademark) S-381 (AGC SEIMI CHEMICAL (AGC SEIMI CHEMICAL) Co., Ltd.), OLFINE (registered trademark) E1004 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), KH-20, KH-30 (AGC SEIMI CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.), and oxygen represented by the following formula (surf-1) Heterobutane ring-opening polymers, etc.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0130-152
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0130-152

此處,R、Rf、A、B、C、m、n不拘於前述記載,僅適用在式(surf-1)。R為2~4價之碳數2~5之脂肪族基。前述脂肪族基,就2價者可列舉伸乙基、1,4-伸 丁基、1,2-伸丙基、2,2-二甲基-1,3-伸丙基、1,5-伸戊基等,就3價或4價者可列舉下列者。 Here, R, Rf, A, B, C, m, and n are not limited to the above descriptions, and are only applicable to the formula (surf-1). R is a 2-4 valence aliphatic group having 2-5 carbon atoms. As the aforementioned aliphatic group, divalent ones include ethylidene, 1,4-hexylene As butyl group, 1,2-propylidene group, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propylidene group, 1,5-pentylene group, etc., the following ones are mentioned as trivalent or tetravalent ones.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0131-153
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0131-153

式中,虛線為原子鍵,各為從甘油、三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、新戊四醇衍生的次結構。 In the formula, the dotted lines are atomic bonds, each of which is a substructure derived from glycerol, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, and neopentaerythritol.

該等之中,宜為1,4-伸丁基、2,2-二甲基-1,3-伸丙基等。 Among these, 1,4-butylene, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propylidene, and the like are preferable.

Rf為三氟甲基或五氟乙基,宜為三氟甲基。m為0~3之整數,n為1~4之整數,n與m之和係R之價數,為2~4之整數。A為1。B為2~25之整數,宜為4~20之整數。C為0~10之整數,宜為0或1。又,式(surf-1)中之各構成單元其排列並無規定,可嵌段地鍵結也可無規地鍵結。關於部分氟化氧雜環丁烷開環聚合物系界面活性劑之製造,詳見美國專利第5650483號說明書等。 Rf is trifluoromethyl or pentafluoroethyl, preferably trifluoromethyl. m is an integer from 0 to 3, n is an integer from 1 to 4, and the sum of n and m is the valence of R, which is an integer from 2 to 4. A is 1. B is an integer from 2 to 25, preferably an integer from 4 to 20. C is an integer from 0 to 10, preferably 0 or 1. In addition, the arrangement|positioning of each structural unit in Formula (surf-1) is not prescribed|regulated, and it may couple|bond in a block or at random. For the manufacture of partially fluorinated oxetane ring-opening polymer-based surfactants, see the specification of US Pat. No. 5,650,483 and the like.

不溶或難溶於水但可溶於鹼顯影液的界面活性劑,當ArF浸潤式曝光中不使用光阻保護膜時,藉由配向在光阻膜表面,而具有使水之滲入、淋溶減少的功能。因此,會抑制來自光阻膜之水溶性成分的溶出,於減小對曝光裝置之損傷係有用,又,曝光後、曝光後烘烤(PEB)後之鹼水溶液顯影時成為可溶化,不易成為變成缺陷之原因的異物,故係有用。如此之界面活性劑,有不溶或難溶於水但可溶於鹼顯影液的性質,宜為聚合物型界面活性劑,也稱為疏水性樹脂,尤其撥水性高,使滑水性提升者較佳。 A surfactant that is insoluble or poorly soluble in water but soluble in an alkaline developer. When the photoresist protective film is not used in ArF immersion exposure, it can be aligned on the surface of the photoresist film and has the ability to penetrate and dissolve water. reduced functionality. Therefore, the elution of water-soluble components from the photoresist film is suppressed, which is useful for reducing damage to the exposure device. Furthermore, it becomes solubilized during development in an alkaline aqueous solution after exposure and post-exposure baking (PEB), and is less likely to become A foreign object that becomes the cause of a defect is useful. Such surfactants have the properties of being insoluble or insoluble in water but soluble in alkaline developing solutions. They are suitable for polymer surfactants, also known as hydrophobic resins, especially with high water repellency, which makes them more slidable. good.

如此之聚合物型界面活性劑,可列舉含有選自下式(6A)~(6E)表示之重複單元中之至少1種者。 As such a polymer-type surfactant, the thing containing at least 1 sort(s) chosen from the repeating unit represented by following formula (6A)-(6E) is mentioned.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0132-154
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0132-154

式(6A)~(6E)中,RB為氫原子、氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基。W1為-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、-O-或彼此分離的2個-H。Rs1各自獨立地為氫原子、或碳數1~10之1價烴基。Rs2為單鍵、或碳數1~5之直鏈狀或分支狀之2價烴基。Rs3各自獨立地為氫原子、碳數1~15之1價烴基或氟化1價烴基、或酸不穩定基。Rs3為1價烴基或氟化1價烴基時,碳-碳鍵間也可插入醚鍵(-O-)或羰基(-C(=O)-)。Rs4為碳數1~20之(u+1)價烴基或氟化烴基。u為1~3之整數。Rs5各自獨立地為氫原子、或式-C(=O)-O-Rsa表示之基,Rsa為碳數1~20之氟化烴基。Rs6為碳數1~15之1價烴基或氟化1價烴基,碳-碳鍵間也可插入醚鍵(-O-)或羰基(-C(=O)-)。 In formulas (6A) to (6E), R B is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group. W 1 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -O-, or two -Hs separated from each other. R s1 is each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. R s2 is a single bond, or a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. R s3 is each independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a fluorinated monovalent hydrocarbon group, or an acid-labile group. When R s3 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group or a fluorinated monovalent hydrocarbon group, an ether bond (-O-) or a carbonyl group (-C(=O)-) may be inserted between the carbon-carbon bonds. R s4 is a (u+1)-valent hydrocarbon group or a fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. u is an integer from 1 to 3. R s5 is each independently a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the formula -C(=O)-OR sa , and R sa is a fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. R s6 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 15 carbon atoms or a fluorinated monovalent hydrocarbon group, and an ether bond (-O-) or a carbonyl group (-C(=O)-) can also be inserted between the carbon-carbon bonds.

Rs1表示之1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、環丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、環丁基、正戊基、環戊基、正己基、環己基、正庚基、正辛基、正壬基、正癸基、金剛烷基、降莰基等。該等之中,宜為碳數1~6者。 The monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R s1 may be linear, branched or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl base, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, cyclobutyl, n-pentyl, cyclopentyl, n-hexyl, cyclohexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, Adamantyl, norbornyl, etc. Among these, those having 1 to 6 carbon atoms are preferable.

Rs2表示之2價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基等。 The divalent hydrocarbon group represented by R s2 may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethylidene group, a propylidene group, a butylene group, and a pentylene group.

Rs3或Rs6表示之1價烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉烷基、烯基、炔基等,宜為烷基。前述烷基除了可列舉作為Rs1表示之1價烴基所例示者,還可列舉正十一烷基、正十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基等。作為Rs3或Rs6表示之氟化1價烴基,可列舉與前述1價烴基之碳原子鍵結的氫原子之一部分或全部取代為氟原子之基。如前述,該等之碳-碳鍵之間也可含有醚鍵(-O-)或羰基(-C(=O)-)。 The monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R s3 or R s6 may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and the like, and an alkyl group is preferable. The above-mentioned alkyl group includes n-undecyl group, n-dodecyl group, tridecyl group, tetradecyl group, pentadecyl group, and the like in addition to those exemplified as the monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R s1 . Examples of the fluorinated monovalent hydrocarbon group represented by R s3 or R s6 include groups in which part or all of the hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms of the aforementioned monovalent hydrocarbon group are substituted with fluorine atoms. As mentioned above, these carbon-carbon bonds may also contain ether bonds (-O-) or carbonyl groups (-C(=O)-).

Rs3表示之酸不穩定基可列舉:前述式(L1)~(L4)表示之基;碳數4~20,較佳為碳數4~15之3級烷基;各烷基分別為碳數1~6之烷基的三烷基矽基;碳數4~20之含側氧基之烷基等。 The acid-labile groups represented by R s3 can be listed as follows: the groups represented by the aforementioned formulas (L1)~(L4); carbon number 4~20, preferably a 3-level alkyl group with carbon number 4~15; each alkyl group is a carbon Trialkylsilyl with 1-6 alkyl groups; alkyl groups with 4-20 carbon atoms containing pendant oxygen groups, etc.

Rs4表示之(u+1)價烴基或氟化烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉從前述1價烴基或氟化1價烴基等進一步除去u個氫原子而得之基。 The (u+1)-valent hydrocarbon group or fluorinated hydrocarbon group represented by R s4 may be any one of linear, branched, and cyclic, and specific examples thereof include the above-mentioned monovalent hydrocarbon group or fluorinated monovalent hydrocarbon group and the like. A base obtained by removing u hydrogen atoms.

Rsa表示之氟化烴基可為直鏈狀、分支狀、環狀中之任一者,其具體例可列舉前述1價烴基之氫原子之一部分或全部取代為氟原子者,具體例可列舉:三氟甲基、2,2,2-三氟乙基、3,3,3-三氟-1-丙基、3,3,3-三氟-2-丙基、2,2,3,3-四氟丙基、1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟異丙基、2,2,3,3,4,4,4-七氟丁基、2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-八氟戊基、2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-十二氟庚基、2-(全氟丁基)乙基、2-(全氟己基)乙基、2-(全氟辛基)乙基、2-(全氟癸基)乙基等。 The fluorinated hydrocarbon group represented by R sa may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and specific examples thereof include those in which a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned monovalent hydrocarbon group are substituted with fluorine atoms, and specific examples include : Trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoro-1-propyl, 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-propyl, 2,2,3 ,3-tetrafluoropropyl, 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoroisopropyl, 2,2,3,3,4,4,4-heptafluorobutyl, 2,2,3 ,3,4,4,5,5-octafluoropentyl, 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7-dodecafluoroheptyl, 2-(all Fluorobutyl)ethyl, 2-(perfluorohexyl)ethyl, 2-(perfluorooctyl)ethyl, 2-(perfluorodecyl)ethyl, and the like.

式(6A)~(6E)表示之重複單元可列舉以下所示者,但不限於該等。此外,下式中,RB與前述相同。 The repeating units represented by the formulae (6A) to (6E) include, but are not limited to, those shown below. In addition, in the following formula, R B is the same as that mentioned above.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0134-155
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0134-155

[化146]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0135-156
[Chemical 146]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0135-156

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0135-157
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0135-157

[化148]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0136-158
[Chemical 148]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0136-158

[化149]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0137-159
[Chemical 149]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0137-159

前述聚合物型界面活性劑也可更含有式(6A)~(6E)表示之重複單元以外的其他重複單元。其他重複單元可列舉由甲基丙烯酸、α-三氟甲基丙烯酸衍生物等獲得的重複單元。聚合物型界面活性劑中,式(6A)~(6E)表示之重複單元之含量在全部重複單元中宜為20莫耳%以上,為60莫耳%以上更佳,為100莫耳%又更佳。 The aforementioned polymeric surfactant may further contain other repeating units other than the repeating units represented by formulae (6A) to (6E). Other repeating units include repeating units derived from methacrylic acid, α-trifluoromethacrylic acid derivatives, and the like. In the polymer surfactant, the content of the repeating units represented by formulas (6A) to (6E) in all repeating units should preferably be 20 mol% or more, more preferably 60 mol% or more, and 100 mol%. better.

前述聚合物型界面活性劑的Mw宜為1,000~500,000,為3,000~100,000更佳。Mw/Mn宜為1.0~2.0,為1.0~1.6更佳。 The Mw of the aforementioned polymeric surfactant is preferably 1,000-500,000, more preferably 3,000-100,000. Mw/Mn is preferably 1.0 to 2.0, more preferably 1.0 to 1.6.

作為合成前述聚合物型界面活性劑的方法,可列舉對提供式(6A)~(6E)表示之重複單元、視需要之其他重複單元之含不飽和鍵之單體,在有機溶劑中加入自由基引發劑並予以加熱來進行聚合的方法。聚合時所使用的有機溶劑,可列舉甲苯、苯、THF、二乙醚、二

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0138-199
烷等。聚合引發劑可列舉:AIBN、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、二甲基2,2-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸酯)、過氧化苯甲醯、過氧化月桂醯等。反應溫度宜為50~100℃。反應時間宜為4~24小時。酸不穩定基可直接使用已導入到單體者,也可於聚合後予以保護化或部分保護化。 As a method for synthesizing the aforementioned polymer-based surfactant, there may be exemplified the addition of free unsaturated bond-containing monomers that provide repeating units represented by the formulae (6A) to (6E) and other repeating units as needed in an organic solvent. base initiator and heating to carry out the polymerization method. The organic solvent used in the polymerization includes toluene, benzene, THF, diethyl ether, diethyl ether,
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0138-199
alkane etc. Examples of the polymerization initiator include AIBN, 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), dimethyl 2,2-azobis(2-methylpropionate), peroxide Benzoic acid, lauric acid peroxide, etc. The reaction temperature is preferably 50 to 100°C. The reaction time is preferably 4 to 24 hours. The acid-labile group may be directly introduced into the monomer, or may be protected or partially protected after polymerization.

合成前述聚合物型界面活性劑時,為了調整分子量,也可使用如十二烷基硫醇、2-巰基乙醇之公知的鏈轉移劑。此時,該等鏈轉移劑的添加量,相對於待聚合之單體之總莫耳數宜為0.01~10莫耳%。 When synthesizing the aforementioned polymer surfactant, in order to adjust the molecular weight, a known chain transfer agent such as dodecyl mercaptan and 2-mercaptoethanol can also be used. At this time, the added amount of these chain transfer agents is preferably 0.01-10 mol% relative to the total moles of the monomers to be polymerized.

含有(F)成分之界面活性劑時,其含量相對於(B)基礎樹脂80質量份宜為0.1~50質量份,為0.5~10質量份更佳。添加量為0.1質量份以上的話,光阻膜表面與水之後退接觸角充分改善,為50質量份以下的話,光阻膜表面對於顯影液之溶解速度小,所形成之微細圖案的高度得以充分保持。 When the surfactant of the component (F) is contained, its content is preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, relative to 80 parts by mass of the (B) base resin. If the addition amount is 0.1 parts by mass or more, the receding contact angle between the surface of the photoresist film and water is sufficiently improved, and if it is less than 50 parts by mass, the dissolution rate of the surface of the photoresist film to the developer is low, and the height of the formed fine pattern is sufficient. Keep.

[(G)其他成分] [(G) Other ingredients]

本發明之化學增幅光阻組成物亦可含有因酸而分解並產生酸的化合物(酸增殖化合物)、有機酸衍生物、經氟取代之醇、對於顯影液之溶解性會因酸的作用而變化的Mw3,000以下之化合物(溶解抑制劑)等作為(G)其他成分。前述酸增殖化 合物可參照日本特開2009-269953號公報或日本特開2010-215608號公報記載之化合物。含有前述酸增殖化合物時,其含量相對於(B)基礎樹脂80質量份宜為0~5質量份,為0~3質量份更佳。含量過多的話,有時會有擴散的控制困難,發生解析性的劣化、圖案形狀的劣化的情況。作為前述有機酸衍生物、經氟取代之醇及溶解抑制劑,可參照日本特開2009-269953號公報或日本特開2010-215608號公報記載之化合物。 The chemically amplified photoresist composition of the present invention may also contain a compound that is decomposed by an acid to generate an acid (acid-proliferating compound), an organic acid derivative, an alcohol substituted with fluorine, and its solubility in a developer may be affected by the action of an acid. Compounds (dissolution inhibitors) with a changed Mw of 3,000 or less are used as (G) other components. aforementioned acid proliferation For the compound, refer to the compounds described in JP-A No. 2009-269953 or JP-A No. 2010-215608. When the aforementioned acid-proliferating compound is contained, the content thereof is preferably 0 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0 to 3 parts by mass, relative to 80 parts by mass of the (B) base resin. If the content is too large, it may be difficult to control the diffusion, and the analyzability may be deteriorated or the pattern shape may be deteriorated. As the organic acid derivative, the fluorine-substituted alcohol, and the dissolution inhibitor, the compounds described in JP-A-2009-269953 or JP-A-2010-215608 can be referred to.

[圖案形成方法] [Pattern formation method]

本發明之圖案形成方法包含下列步驟:使用前述光阻組成物在基板上形成光阻膜;將前述光阻膜利用KrF準分子雷射光、ArF準分子雷射光、EB或EUV進行曝光;及使用顯影液對前述經曝光之光阻膜進行顯影。 The pattern forming method of the present invention comprises the following steps: forming a photoresist film on a substrate using the photoresist composition; exposing the photoresist film by KrF excimer laser light, ArF excimer laser light, EB or EUV; and using The developing solution develops the above-mentioned exposed photoresist film.

作為前述基板,例如可使用積體電路製造用基板(Si、SiO2、SiN、SiON、TiN、WSi、BPSG、SOG、有機抗反射膜等)、或遮罩電路製造用基板(Cr、CrO、CrON、MoSi2、SiO2等)。 As the aforementioned substrate, for example, a substrate for manufacturing an integrated circuit (Si, SiO 2 , SiN, SiON, TiN, WSi, BPSG, SOG, an organic antireflection film, etc.), or a substrate for manufacturing a mask circuit (Cr, CrO, CrON, MoSi 2 , SiO 2 , etc.).

就光阻膜而言,例如可藉由利用旋塗等方法以使膜厚成為0.05~2μm的方式塗布前述光阻組成物,將其在加熱板上較佳為以60~150℃、1~10分鐘,更佳為以80~140℃、1~5分鐘的條件進行預烘而形成。 As for the photoresist film, for example, the above-mentioned photoresist composition can be applied to a film thickness of 0.05 to 2 μm by a method such as spin coating. 10 minutes, more preferably, it is formed by pre-baking under the conditions of 80 to 140° C. and 1 to 5 minutes.

光阻膜的曝光使用KrF準分子雷射光、ArF準分子雷射光或EUV時,可藉由使用用以形成目的圖案的遮罩,以使曝光量較佳為1~200mJ/cm2,更佳為10~100mJ/cm2的方式進行照射而實施。使用EB時,係使用用以形成目的圖案的遮罩 或直接以使曝光量較佳為1~300μC/cm2,更佳為10~200μC/cm2的方式進行照射。 When KrF excimer laser light, ArF excimer laser light or EUV is used for the exposure of the photoresist film, a mask for forming the target pattern can be used, so that the exposure amount is preferably 1~200mJ/cm 2 , more preferably The irradiation is carried out so as to be 10 to 100 mJ/cm 2 . When EB is used, it is irradiated with a mask for forming a target pattern or directly so that the exposure amount is preferably 1 to 300 μC/cm 2 , more preferably 10 to 200 μC/cm 2 .

此外,曝光除使用通常的曝光法外,也可使用將折射率1.0以上之液體插入在光阻膜與投影透鏡之間而進行的浸潤法。此時,亦可使用不溶於水的保護膜。 Moreover, in addition to the normal exposure method, the dipping method which inserts the liquid with a refractive index of 1.0 or more between a photoresist film and a projection lens can also be used for exposure. In this case, a water-insoluble protective film may also be used.

前述不溶於水的保護膜,係為了防止來自光阻膜之溶出物並提高膜表面之滑水性而使用,大致分為2種。其中一種是需以不溶解光阻膜之有機溶劑在鹼水溶液顯影前進行剝離之有機溶劑剝離型,另一種是可溶於鹼顯影液,在光阻膜可溶部除去的同時將保護膜除去之鹼水溶液可溶型。後者尤其宜為以不溶於水但溶解於鹼顯影液之具有1,1,1,3,3,3-六氟-2-丙醇殘基之聚合物為基礎且溶解於碳數4以上之醇系溶劑、碳數8~12之醚系溶劑、及它們的混合溶劑而得之材料。亦可製成將前述不溶於水但可溶於鹼顯影液之界面活性劑溶解於碳數4以上之醇系溶劑、碳數8~12之醚系溶劑、或它們的混合溶劑而得的材料。 The said water-insoluble protective film is used in order to prevent the elution from a photoresist film and improve the water-sliding property of a film surface, and is roughly divided into two types. One of them is an organic solvent peeling type that needs to be peeled off with an organic solvent that does not dissolve the photoresist film before developing in an alkaline aqueous solution, and the other is an alkaline developing solution soluble, which removes the protective film at the same time as the soluble part of the photoresist film is removed. The alkali aqueous solution soluble type. The latter is particularly preferably based on a polymer having a 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol residue which is insoluble in water but soluble in an alkaline developer and soluble in a polymer having 4 or more carbon atoms. A material obtained from an alcohol-based solvent, an ether-based solvent having 8 to 12 carbon atoms, and a mixed solvent thereof. It can also be prepared by dissolving the aforementioned surfactant, which is insoluble in water but soluble in alkaline developer, in an alcohol solvent with a carbon number of 4 or more, an ether solvent with a carbon number of 8 to 12, or a mixed solvent thereof. .

曝光後亦可進行PEB。PEB例如可藉由在加熱板上進行較佳為60~150℃、1~5分鐘,更佳為80~140℃、1~3分鐘的加熱而實施。 PEB can also be performed after exposure. PEB can be implemented by, for example, heating on a hot plate at preferably 60 to 150° C. for 1 to 5 minutes, more preferably 80 to 140° C. for 1 to 3 minutes.

就顯影而言,例如使用較佳為0.1~5質量%,更佳為2~3質量%之四甲基氫氧化銨(TMAH)等鹼水溶液之顯影液,利用浸漬(dip)法、浸置(puddle)法、噴塗(spray)法等常法顯影較佳為0.1~3分鐘,更佳為0.5~2分鐘,而在基板上形成目的圖案。 For development, for example, a developing solution of an alkaline aqueous solution such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) is preferably used in an amount of 0.1 to 5 mass %, more preferably 2 to 3 mass %, and is immersed by a dip method. It is preferable that it is 0.1 to 3 minutes, and it is more preferable that it is 0.5 to 2 minutes to develop a normal method, such as a puddle method and a spray method, and a target pattern is formed on a board|substrate.

又,就圖案形成方法之方式而言,可於光阻膜形成後實施純水淋洗(postsoak)以從膜表面萃取酸產生劑等,或實施微粒之洗去,也可在曝光後實施為了將膜上殘留之水去除之淋洗(postsoak)。 In addition, in terms of the pattern formation method, after the photoresist film is formed, a pure water postsoak may be performed to extract an acid generator or the like from the film surface, or particles may be washed away, or it may be performed after exposure. A postsoak to remove residual water on the membrane.

另外,也可利用雙圖案法形成圖案。雙圖案法可列舉:溝渠法,係利用第1次曝光與蝕刻對1:3溝渠圖案之基底進行加工,偏移位置並以第2次曝光形成1:3溝渠圖案,而形成1:1之圖案;線法,係利用第1次曝光與蝕刻對1:3孤立殘留圖案之第1基底進行加工,偏移位置並以第2次曝光對在第1基底下形成有1:3孤立殘留圖案之第2基底進行加工,形成一半節距之1:1之圖案。 In addition, a pattern can also be formed by a double patterning method. The two-pattern method can be exemplified: the trench method, which uses the first exposure and etching to process the substrate of the 1:3 trench pattern, shifts the position and forms a 1:3 trench pattern with the second exposure, and forms a 1:1 trench pattern. Pattern; line method, using the first exposure and etching to process the first substrate with a 1:3 isolated residual pattern, shifting the position and using the second exposure to form a 1:3 isolated residual pattern under the first substrate The second substrate is processed to form a 1:1 pattern of half pitch.

本發明之圖案形成方法中,亦可使用將作為顯影液之前述鹼水溶液之顯影液替換成使用有機溶劑以使未曝光部溶解並顯影之負調顯影的方法。 In the pattern forming method of the present invention, a negative-tone development method of dissolving and developing the unexposed portion using an organic solvent may be used instead of the developing solution of the aforementioned alkaline aqueous solution as the developing solution.

該有機溶劑顯影中,顯影液可使用:2-辛酮、2-壬酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、4-庚酮、2-己酮、3-己酮、二異丁基酮、甲基環己酮、苯乙酮、甲基苯乙酮、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸戊酯、乙酸丁烯酯、乙酸異戊酯、甲酸丙酯、甲酸丁酯、甲酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、甲酸異戊酯、戊酸甲酯、戊烯酸甲酯、巴豆酸甲酯、巴豆酸乙酯、丙酸甲酯、丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丙酯、乳酸丁酯、乳酸異丁酯、乳酸戊酯、乳酸異戊酯、2-羥基異丁酸甲酯、2-羥基異丁酸乙酯、苯甲酸甲酯、苯甲酸乙酯、乙酸苯酯、乙酸苄酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、甲酸苄酯、甲酸苯基乙酯、3-苯基丙酸甲酯、丙酸苄酯、苯基乙酸乙酯、乙酸2-苯基乙酯等。該等有機溶劑可單獨使用1種或將2種以上混合使用。 In the organic solvent development, the developer can use: 2-octanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, 3-hexanone, diisobutyl Ketone, methylcyclohexanone, acetophenone, methylacetophenone, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl acetate, butenyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, propyl formate, formic acid Butyl, isobutyl formate, amyl formate, isoamyl formate, methyl valerate, methyl pentenoate, methyl crotonate, ethyl crotonate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, 3- Ethoxy propionate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, propyl lactate, butyl lactate, isobutyl lactate, amyl lactate, isoamyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, 2-hydroxyl Ethyl isobutyrate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, phenyl acetate, benzyl acetate, phenyl methyl acetate, benzyl formate, phenyl ethyl formate, methyl 3-phenyl propionate, propyl Benzyl acetate, ethyl phenylacetate, 2-phenylethyl acetate, etc. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,舉合成例、實施例及比較例對本發明進行具體地說明,但本發明不限定於下列實施例。此外,所使用之裝置如下。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to Synthesis Examples, Examples and Comparative Examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following Examples. In addition, the apparatuses used are as follows.

.IR:Thermo Fisher Scientific公司製、NICOLET 6700 . IR: Thermo Fisher Scientific, NICOLET 6700

1H-NMR:日本電子(股)製ECA-500 . 1 H-NMR: ECA-500 manufactured by JEOL Ltd.

.LC-MS:Waters公司製、ACQUITY UPLC H-Class System及ACQUITY QDa . LC-MS: Waters Corporation, ACQUITY UPLC H-Class System and ACQUITY QDa

[1]鋶化合物之合成 [1] Synthesis of peronium compounds

[實施例1-1]PAG-1之合成 [Example 1-1] Synthesis of PAG-1

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0142-160
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0142-160

[實施例1-1-1]中間體1之合成 [Example 1-1-1] Synthesis of Intermediate 1

在氮氣環境下,於燒瓶中將原料1(225g)、原料2(182g)及碘化銅(1)(4.4g)溶解於N-甲基吡咯烷酮(700g),加熱至70℃。之後,滴加三乙胺(102g),於80℃熟成24小時。利用GC確認原料1消失後,將反應系冷卻,滴加水(1,000g)使反應停止。之後,以甲苯(2,000mL)萃取,實施通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)並餾去溶劑後,利用己烷進行再結晶,藉此得到白色結晶的中間體1(產量233g、產率90%)。 In a nitrogen atmosphere, raw material 1 (225 g), raw material 2 (182 g), and copper iodide (1) (4.4 g) were dissolved in N-methylpyrrolidone (700 g) in a flask, and heated to 70°C. Then, triethylamine (102g) was dripped, and it aged at 80 degreeC for 24 hours. After confirming the disappearance of the raw material 1 by GC, the reaction system was cooled, and water (1,000 g) was added dropwise to stop the reaction. After that, it was extracted with toluene (2,000 mL), subjected to ordinary aqueous work-up, and the solvent was distilled off, followed by recrystallization with hexane to obtain Intermediate 1 as white crystals (yield 233 g, yield 90 %).

[實施例1-1-2]中間體2之合成 [Example 1-1-2] Synthesis of Intermediate 2

在氮氣環境下,將中間體1(119g)及乙酸(500g)加入至燒瓶,於30℃進行溶解。之後,於維持40℃以下之狀態滴加35質量%之過氧化氫水(41g)。滴加後,於40℃熟成20小時。熟成後,將反應系冷卻,滴加由硫代硫酸鈉5水合物(20g)與水(400g)組成之溶液使反應停止。之後,加入甲苯(1,300mL)及乙酸乙酯(300mL)以萃取目的物,實施通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)並餾去溶劑後,利用己烷進行再結晶,藉此得到白色結晶的中間體2(產量115g、產率92%)。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, Intermediate 1 (119 g) and acetic acid (500 g) were added to the flask and dissolved at 30°C. Then, 35 mass % hydrogen peroxide water (41g) was dripped in the state which maintained 40 degrees C or less. After the dropwise addition, it was aged at 40°C for 20 hours. After aging, the reaction system was cooled, and a solution consisting of sodium thiosulfate pentahydrate (20 g) and water (400 g) was added dropwise to stop the reaction. Then, toluene (1,300 mL) and ethyl acetate (300 mL) were added to extract the target substance, and after performing ordinary aqueous work-up to remove the solvent, recrystallization was performed with hexane to obtain white crystals. Intermediate 2 (yield 115 g, 92% yield).

[實施例1-1-3]中間體3之合成 [Example 1-1-3] Synthesis of Intermediate 3

在氮氣環境下,將中間體2(15.6g)、對甲苯磺酸1水合物(1.0g)、原料3(15.2g)、甲苯(70g)加入至燒瓶,於105℃加熱回流7小時。利用TLC確認中間體2的消失,並將反應液進行冰冷後,添加三乙胺(1.0g)使反應停止。另外,加入飽和碳酸氫鈉水溶液(50mL),以甲苯(50mL)萃取目的物,實施通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)並餾去溶劑後,利用矽膠管柱層析法進行精製(洗提液:己烷/乙酸乙酯=15/1),得到無色油狀物的中間體3(產量21.8g、產率98%)。 Under nitrogen atmosphere, intermediate 2 (15.6 g), p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (1.0 g), raw material 3 (15.2 g), and toluene (70 g) were added to the flask, and heated under reflux at 105° C. for 7 hours. The disappearance of Intermediate 2 was confirmed by TLC, and the reaction solution was ice-cooled, and then triethylamine (1.0 g) was added to stop the reaction. Separately, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (50 mL) was added, the target product was extracted with toluene (50 mL), and after performing ordinary aqueous work-up and distilling off the solvent, purification was performed by silica gel column chromatography (elution). Liquid: hexane/ethyl acetate=15/1), Intermediate 3 was obtained as a colorless oily substance (yield 21.8 g, yield 98%).

[實施例1-1-4]中間體4之合成 [Example 1-1-4] Synthesis of Intermediate 4

在氮氣環境下,於燒瓶中由4-溴氟苯(26.8g)、金屬鎂(3.7g)及THF(60g)製備Grignard試劑。製備後,將反應系冷卻,添加由中間體3(21.8g)及THF(25g)組成的溶液。之後,在20℃以下滴加三甲基氯矽烷(16.6g),於冰浴中熟成2小時。熟成後,邊將反應系冷卻,邊滴加飽和氯化銨水溶液(100mL)使反應停止。以甲基異丁基酮(150mL)萃取,實施通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)並餾去溶劑後,利用己烷進行再結晶,藉此得到白色結晶的中間體4(產量28.3g、產率94%)。 Grignard's reagent was prepared in a flask from 4-bromofluorobenzene (26.8 g), metallic magnesium (3.7 g) and THF (60 g) under nitrogen. After preparation, the reaction system was cooled, and a solution consisting of Intermediate 3 (21.8 g) and THF (25 g) was added. Then, trimethylchlorosilane (16.6 g) was added dropwise at 20° C. or lower, and the mixture was aged in an ice bath for 2 hours. After the aging, while cooling the reaction system, a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (100 mL) was added dropwise to stop the reaction. Extracted with methyl isobutyl ketone (150 mL), carried out ordinary aqueous work-up and distilled off the solvent, and then recrystallized with hexane to obtain Intermediate 4 (yield: 28.3 g, 28.3 g) as white crystals. yield 94%).

[實施例1-1-5]中間體5之合成 [Example 1-1-5] Synthesis of Intermediate 5

在氮氣環境下,將中間體4(14.2g)、1,1-二氟-2-羥基乙烷-1-磺酸苄基三甲基銨(9.0g)、甲基異丁基酮(70g)及水(50g)加入至燒瓶,攪拌30分鐘後,分取有機層並實施水洗,之後進行減壓濃縮。在濃縮液中加入己烷並洗淨,藉此得到油狀物的中間體5(產量15.2g、產率94%)。 Under nitrogen atmosphere, intermediate 4 (14.2 g), 1,1-difluoro-2-hydroxyethane-1-sulfonic acid benzyltrimethylammonium (9.0 g), methyl isobutyl ketone (70 g ) and water (50 g) were added to the flask, and after stirring for 30 minutes, the organic layer was separated and washed with water, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. Hexane was added to the concentrated solution and washed, whereby Intermediate 5 was obtained as an oily substance (yield 15.2 g, yield 94%).

[實施例1-1-6]PAG-1之合成 [Example 1-1-6] Synthesis of PAG-1

在氮氣環境下,使氫化鈉(0.6g)懸浮於THF(56g)中,將反應系冷卻。在5℃以下滴加由中間體5(7.9g)及THF(55.5g)組成的溶液。之後,於室溫熟成12小時。熟成後,將反應系冷卻,滴加水(60mL)使反應停止。以甲基異丁基酮(150g)萃取,實施通常的水系處理(aqueous work-up)並餾去溶劑後,利用己烷進行再結晶,藉此得到白色結晶的PAG-1(產量7.1g、產率92%)。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, sodium hydride (0.6 g) was suspended in THF (56 g), and the reaction system was cooled. A solution consisting of Intermediate 5 (7.9 g) and THF (55.5 g) was added dropwise below 5°C. Then, it aged at room temperature for 12 hours. After aging, the reaction system was cooled, and water (60 mL) was added dropwise to stop the reaction. Extracted with methyl isobutyl ketone (150 g), carried out ordinary aqueous work-up and distilled off the solvent, and then recrystallized with hexane to obtain PAG-1 (yield: 7.1 g, 7.1 g, yield) of white crystals. yield 92%).

PAG-1之IR光譜數據及LC-MS的結果如下所示。又,核磁共振光譜(1H-NMR/DMSO-d6)的結果示於圖1。 The IR spectral data of PAG-1 and the results of LC-MS are shown below. Moreover, the result of the nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum ( 1 H-NMR/DMSO-d 6 ) is shown in FIG. 1 .

IR(D-ATR):ν=3484、3094、2963、2872、1589、1494、1397、1368、1316、1259、1237、1180、1152、1110、1068、1035、989、932、879、833、779、689、667、649、635、619、591、552、524cm-1IR(D-ATR): ν=3484, 3094, 2963, 2872, 1589, 1494, 1397, 1368, 1316, 1259, 1237, 1180, 1152, 1110, 1068, 1035, 989, 932, 879, 833, 779 , 689, 667, 649, 635, 619, 591, 552, 524 cm -1 .

LC-MS:POSITIVE[M+H]+649 LC-MS: POSITIVE[M+H] + 649

[實施例1-2]PAG-2之合成 [Example 1-2] Synthesis of PAG-2

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0145-161
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0145-161

使用原料4替代原料3,除此以外,以與實施例1-1同樣之方法得到PAG-2(產量5.0g、最終步驟的產率94%)。 Except having used raw material 4 instead of raw material 3, PAG-2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 (yield 5.0 g, yield 94% in the final step).

PAG-2之IR光譜數據及LC-MS的結果如下所示。又,核磁共振光譜(1H-NMR/DMSO-d6)的結果示於圖2。 The IR spectral data and LC-MS results of PAG-2 are shown below. Moreover, the result of the nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum ( 1 H-NMR/DMSO-d 6 ) is shown in FIG. 2 .

IR(D-ATR):ν=3492、3064、2963、2870、1589、1494、1398、1365、1317、1256、1237、1215、1181、1125、1104、1078、1034、1009、988、949、914、876、834、777、743、726、670、651、635、619、590、552、524cm-1IR(D-ATR): ν=3492, 3064, 2963, 2870, 1589, 1494, 1398, 1365, 1317, 1256, 1237, 1215, 1181, 1125, 1104, 1078, 1034, 1009, 988, 949, 914 , 876, 834, 777, 743, 726, 670, 651, 635, 619, 590, 552, 524cm -1 .

LC-MS:POSITIVE[M+H]+607 LC-MS: POSITIVE[M+H] + 607

[實施例1-3]PAG-3之合成 [Example 1-3] Synthesis of PAG-3

[化152]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0146-162
[hua 152]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0146-162

使用原料5替代原料3,除此以外,以與實施例1-1同樣之方法得到PAG-3(產量4.3g、最終步驟的產率95%)。 Except having used the raw material 5 instead of the raw material 3, PAG-3 was obtained by the same method as Example 1-1 (yield 4.3 g, the yield of the final step 95%).

PAG-3之LC-MS的結果如下所示。 The results of LC-MS of PAG-3 are shown below.

LC-MS:POSITIVE[M+H]+579 LC-MS: POSITIVE[M + H]+579

[實施例1-4]PAG-4之合成 [Example 1-4] Synthesis of PAG-4

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0146-163
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0146-163

使用原料6替代原料3,除此以外,以與實施例1-1同樣之方法得到PAG-4(產量8.4g、最終步驟的產率78%)。 Except having used raw material 6 instead of raw material 3, PAG-4 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 (yield 8.4 g, final step yield 78%).

PAG-4之IR光譜數據及LC-MS的結果如下所示。又,核磁共振光譜(1H-NMR/DMSO-d6)的結果示於圖3。 The IR spectral data and LC-MS results of PAG-4 are shown below. Moreover, the result of the nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum ( 1 H-NMR/DMSO-d 6 ) is shown in FIG. 3 .

IR(D-ATR):ν=3488、3096、2961、2873、1589、1494、1454、1399、1315、1261、1236、1172、1135、1115、1073、1032、1009、989、935、834、778、712、678、651、636、620、591、573、545、524cm-1IR(D-ATR): ν=3488, 3096, 2961, 2873, 1589, 1494, 1454, 1399, 1315, 1261, 1236, 1172, 1135, 1115, 1073, 1032, 1009, 989, 935, 834, 778 , 712, 678, 651, 636, 620, 591, 573, 545, 524cm -1 .

LC-MS:POSITIVE[M+H]+665 LC-MS: POSITIVE[M+H] + 665

[實施例1-5]PAG-5之合成 [Example 1-5] Synthesis of PAG-5

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0147-164
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0147-164

[實施例1-5-1]中間體6之合成 [Example 1-5-1] Synthesis of Intermediate 6

使用原料7替代原料2,除此以外,以與實施例1-1-1~1-1-2同樣之方法合成中間體6。 Intermediate 6 was synthesized in the same manner as in Examples 1-1-1 to 1-1-2, except that the raw material 7 was used instead of the raw material 2.

[實施例1-5-2]中間體7之合成 [Example 1-5-2] Synthesis of Intermediate 7

使用原料8替代原料3,除此以外,以與實施例1-1-3同樣之方法合成中間體7。 Intermediate 7 was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 1-1-3 except that the starting material 8 was used instead of the starting material 3.

[實施例1-5-3]PAG-5之合成 [Example 1-5-3] Synthesis of PAG-5

使用1,1,3,3,3-五氟-2-羥基丙烷-1-磺酸苄基三甲基銨替代1,1-二氟-2-羥基乙烷-1-磺酸苄基三甲基銨,除此以外,以與實施例1-1-4~1-1-6同樣之方法合成PAG-5。 Use of 1,1,3,3,3-Pentafluoro-2-hydroxypropane-1-sulfonic acid benzyltrimethylammonium instead of 1,1-difluoro-2-hydroxyethane-1-sulfonic acid benzyltrimethylammonium PAG-5 was synthesized in the same manner as in Examples 1-1-4 to 1-1-6 except that methylammonium was used.

PAG-5之IR光譜數據及LC-MS的結果如下所示。又,核磁共振光譜(1H-NMR/DMSO-d6)的結果示於圖4。 The IR spectral data and LC-MS results of PAG-5 are shown below. Moreover, the result of the nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum ( 1 H-NMR/DMSO-d 6 ) is shown in FIG. 4 .

IR(D-ATR):ν=3486、3097、2976、1587、1493、1448、1401、1369、1318、1245、1161、1107、1087、1060、1012、998、913、884、834、751、741、690、642、593、553、525cm-1IR(D-ATR): ν=3486, 3097, 2976, 1587, 1493, 1448, 1401, 1369, 1318, 1245, 1161, 1107, 1087, 1060, 1012, 998, 913, 884, 834, 751, 741 , 690, 642, 593, 553, 525cm -1 .

LC-MS:POSITIVE[M+H]+713 LC-MS: POSITIVE[M + H]+713

[實施例1-6~1-11]其他PAG(PAG-6~PAG-11)之合成 [Examples 1-6~1-11] Synthesis of other PAGs (PAG-6~PAG-11)

[化155]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0149-165
[Chemical 155]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0149-165

使用對應的原料及公知的有機合成方法合成PAG-6~PAG-11。 PAG-6 to PAG-11 were synthesized using the corresponding raw materials and known organic synthesis methods.

[2]聚合物之合成 [2] Synthesis of polymers

利用以下所示之方法合成光阻組成物所使用之基礎樹脂。此外,獲得之聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)係藉由使用THF作為溶劑之GPC以聚苯乙烯換算值的形式進行測定。 The base resin used for the photoresist composition was synthesized by the method shown below. In addition, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained polymer was measured as a polystyrene conversion value by GPC using THF as a solvent.

[合成例1]聚合物P-1之合成 [Synthesis Example 1] Synthesis of Polymer P-1

在氮氣環境下,於燒瓶中取甲基丙烯酸3-羥基-1-金剛烷酯5.0g、α-甲基丙烯醯氧基-γ-丁內酯14.4g、甲基丙烯酸1-異丙基環戊酯20.8g、V-601(和光純藥工業 (股)製)0.49g、2-巰基乙醇0.41g及丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)56g,製備單體-聚合引發劑溶液。在另外的氮氣環境之燒瓶中加入19g之PGMEA,邊攪拌邊加熱至80℃後,歷時4小時滴加前述單體-聚合引發劑溶液。滴加結束後,於將聚合液之溫度保持在80℃之狀態繼續攪拌2小時,然後冷卻至室溫。將獲得之聚合液滴加至經劇烈攪拌的甲醇640g中,分濾析出的聚合物。將獲得之聚合物以甲醇240g洗淨2次後,在50℃真空乾燥20小時,得到白色粉末狀的聚合物P-1(產量35.3g、產率88%)。利用GPC進行分析,結果聚合物P-1的Mw為8,500,Mw/Mn為1.58。 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 5.0 g of 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl methacrylate, 14.4 g of α-methacryloyloxy-γ-butyrolactone, and 1-isopropyl methacrylate were taken in a flask. Amyl ester 20.8g, V-601 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries (stock) 0.49 g, 0.41 g of 2-mercaptoethanol, and 56 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) to prepare a monomer-polymerization initiator solution. After adding 19 g of PGMEA to a flask in a separate nitrogen atmosphere, and heating to 80° C. with stirring, the aforementioned monomer-polymerization initiator solution was added dropwise over 4 hours. After the dropwise addition was completed, stirring was continued for 2 hours while the temperature of the polymerization solution was kept at 80° C., and then cooled to room temperature. The obtained polymer was added dropwise to 640 g of vigorously stirred methanol, and the precipitated polymer was analyzed by filtration. The obtained polymer was washed twice with 240 g of methanol, and then vacuum-dried at 50° C. for 20 hours to obtain a white powdery polymer P-1 (yield 35.3 g, yield 88%). As a result of analysis by GPC, the Mw of the polymer P-1 was 8,500, and the Mw/Mn was 1.58.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0150-166
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0150-166

[合成例2~6]聚合物P-2~P-6之合成 [Synthesis example 2~6] Synthesis of polymers P-2~P-6

改變單體的種類及摻合比,除此以外,利用與合成例1同樣之方法合成以下所示之聚合物P-2~P-6。 The polymers P-2 to P-6 shown below were synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that the types and blending ratios of the monomers were changed.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0150-167
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0150-167

[化158]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0151-168
[Chemical 158]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0151-168

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0151-169
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0151-169

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0151-170
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0151-170

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0151-171
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0151-171

[3]光阻組成物之製備 [3] Preparation of photoresist composition

[實施例2-1~2-44、比較例1-1~1-18] [Examples 2-1 to 2-44, Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-18]

將本發明之鋶化合物(PAG-1~PAG-11)、比較用光酸產生劑(PAG-A~PAG-E)、聚合物(P-1~P-6)、其他光酸產生劑(PAG-X、PAG-Y)、淬滅劑(Q-1~Q-4)及鹼可溶型界面活性劑SF-1,依下列表1~3所示之組成溶解在含有界面活性劑A(Omnova公司製)0.01質量%之溶劑中而製備溶液,將該溶液利用0.2μm之Teflon(註冊商標)製過濾器進行過濾,藉此製備光阻組成物。 The perionium compounds of the present invention (PAG-1~PAG-11), comparative photoacid generators (PAG-A~PAG-E), polymers (P-1~P-6), and other photoacid generators ( PAG-X, PAG-Y), quencher (Q-1~Q-4) and alkali-soluble surfactant SF-1, according to the composition shown in Tables 1~3 below, dissolved in surfactant A containing A photoresist composition was prepared by preparing a solution in a solvent of 0.01 mass % (manufactured by Omnova Co., Ltd.), and filtering the solution with a filter made of Teflon (registered trademark) having a size of 0.2 μm.

[表1]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0153-172
[Table 1]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0153-172

[表2]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0154-173
[Table 2]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0154-173

[表3]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0155-174
[table 3]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0155-174

此外,表1~3中,溶劑、其他光酸產生劑(PAG-X、PAG-Y)、比較用光酸產生劑(PAG-A~PAG-E)、淬滅劑(Q-1~Q-4)、鹼可溶型界面活性劑SF-1、及界面活性劑A如下。 In addition, in Tables 1 to 3, solvents, other photoacid generators (PAG-X, PAG-Y), comparative photoacid generators (PAG-A to PAG-E), quenchers (Q-1 to Q -4), the alkali-soluble surfactant SF-1, and the surfactant A are as follows.

.溶劑:PGMEA(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯) . Solvent: PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate)

GBL(γ-丁內酯) GBL (gamma-butyrolactone)

DAA(二丙酮醇) DAA (Diacetone Alcohol)

.其他光酸產生劑:PAG-X、PAG-Y . Other photoacid generators: PAG-X, PAG-Y

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0156-176
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0156-176

.比較用光酸產生劑:PAG-A~PAG-E . Comparative photoacid generators: PAG-A~PAG-E

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0156-177
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0156-177

.淬滅劑:Q-1~Q-4 . Quencher: Q-1~Q-4

[化164]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0157-178
[Chemical 164]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0157-178

.鹼可溶型界面活性劑SF-1: . Alkali-soluble surfactant SF-1:

聚(甲基丙烯酸2,2,3,3,4,4,4-七氟-1-異丁基-1-丁酯.甲基丙烯酸9-(2,2,2-三氟-1-三氟乙基氧基羰基)-4-氧雜三環[4.2.1.03,7]壬烷-5-酮-2-酯) Poly(2,2,3,3,4,4,4-heptafluoro-1-isobutyl-1-butyl methacrylate. 9-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1-methacrylate) Trifluoroethyloxycarbonyl)-4-oxatricyclo[4.2.1.0 3,7 ]nonan-5-one-2-ester)

Mw=7,700、Mw/Mn=1.82 Mw=7,700, Mw/Mn=1.82

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0157-179
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0157-179

.界面活性劑A: . Surfactant A:

3-甲基-3-(2,2,2-三氟乙氧基甲基)氧雜環丁烷.四氫呋喃.2,2-二甲基-1,3-丙烷二醇共聚物(Omnova公司製) 3-Methyl-3-(2,2,2-trifluoroethoxymethyl)oxetane. Tetrahydrofuran. 2,2-Dimethyl-1,3-propanediol copolymer (manufactured by Omnova)

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0157-180
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0157-180

a:(b+b’):(c+c’)=1:4~7:0.01~1(莫耳比) a: (b+b'): (c+c')=1: 4~7: 0.01~1 (Mole ratio)

Mw=1,500 Mw=1,500

[4]光阻組成物的評價:ArF曝光圖案化評價(1) [4] Evaluation of photoresist composition: Evaluation of ArF exposure patterning (1)

[實施例3-1~3-17、比較例2-1~2-5] [Examples 3-1 to 3-17, Comparative Examples 2-1 to 2-5]

在矽基板上塗布抗反射膜溶液(日產化學工業(股)製ARC29A),於200℃烘烤60秒,形成抗反射膜(膜厚100nm)。在前述抗反射膜上旋塗各光阻組成物(R-01~R-17、R-45~R-49),使用加熱板於100℃烘烤60秒,製作膜厚90nm之光阻膜。將其使用ArF準分子雷射掃描曝光機(Nikon(股)製NSR-S610C、NA=1.30、偶極、Cr遮罩),邊改變曝光量與焦點(曝光量節距:1mJ/cm2、焦點節距:0.025μm)邊將晶圓上尺寸為線寬40nm、節距80nm之線與間距圖案(LS圖案)進行浸潤式曝光,曝光後於表4所示之溫度進行60秒PEB。此外,使用水作為浸潤液。之後,以2.38質量%之TMAH水溶液實施30秒浸置顯影,以純水淋洗並實施旋乾,得到正型圖案。利用Hitachi High-Technologies(股)製測長SEM(CG4000)觀察顯影後之LS圖案,依下列方法評價感度、曝光裕度(EL)、遮罩誤差因子(MEF)、線寬粗糙度(LWR)及缺陷密度。結果示於表4。 An anti-reflection film solution (ARC29A manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was coated on a silicon substrate, and baked at 200° C. for 60 seconds to form an anti-reflection film (film thickness 100 nm). Spin-coat each photoresist composition (R-01~R-17, R-45~R-49) on the aforementioned anti-reflection film, bake at 100°C for 60 seconds with a heating plate, and prepare a photoresist film with a film thickness of 90nm . Using an ArF excimer laser scanning exposure machine (NSR-S610C manufactured by Nikon Corporation, NA=1.30, dipole, Cr mask), the exposure amount and focus were changed (exposure amount pitch: 1 mJ/cm 2 , A line and space pattern (LS pattern) with a line width of 40 nm and a pitch of 80 nm on the wafer was subjected to immersion exposure while focusing pitch: 0.025 μm), and PEB was performed at the temperature shown in Table 4 for 60 seconds after exposure. In addition, water was used as the infiltration liquid. Then, immersion development was performed for 30 seconds with a 2.38 mass % TMAH aqueous solution, rinsed with pure water, and spin-dried to obtain a positive pattern. The LS pattern after development was observed with a length-measuring SEM (CG4000) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd., and the sensitivity, exposure margin (EL), mask error factor (MEF), and line width roughness (LWR) were evaluated according to the following methods. and defect density. The results are shown in Table 4.

[感度評價] [Sensitivity evaluation]

就感度而言,求出獲得線寬40nm、節距80nm之LS圖案的最適曝光量Eop(mJ/cm2)。該值越小則感度越高。 In terms of sensitivity, the optimum exposure amount E op (mJ/cm 2 ) for obtaining an LS pattern with a line width of 40 nm and a pitch of 80 nm was obtained. The smaller the value, the higher the sensitivity.

[EL評價] [EL evaluation]

由在前述LS圖案中之40nm之間距寬的±10%(36~44nm)之範圍內形成的曝光量,依下式求出EL(單位:%)。 EL (unit: %) was calculated|required by the following formula from the exposure amount formed in the range of ±10% (36-44 nm) of the pitch width of 40 nm in the said LS pattern.

EL(%)=(|E1-E2|/Eop)×100 EL(%)=(|E 1 -E 2 |/E op )×100

E1:形成線寬36nm、節距80nm之LS圖案的最適曝光量 E 1 : Optimum exposure amount for forming an LS pattern with a line width of 36 nm and a pitch of 80 nm

E2:形成線寬44nm、節距80nm之LS圖案的最適曝光量 E 2 : Optimum exposure amount for forming an LS pattern with a line width of 44 nm and a pitch of 80 nm

Eop:形成線寬40nm、節距80nm之LS圖案的最適曝光量 E op : Optimum exposure for forming an LS pattern with a line width of 40 nm and a pitch of 80 nm

[MEF評價] [MEF Evaluation]

個定節距,改變遮罩的線寬,觀察以Eop照射得到的各圖案之線寬。由遮罩之線寬與圖案之線寬的變化,依下式求出MEF之值。該值越接近1,則性能越良好。 A fixed pitch, change the line width of the mask, and observe the line width of each pattern obtained by irradiating with E op . From the change of the line width of the mask and the line width of the pattern, the value of MEF is obtained according to the following formula. The closer the value is to 1, the better the performance.

MEF=(圖案之線寬/遮罩之線寬)-b MEF=(Line width of pattern/Line width of mask)-b

b:常數 b: constant

[LWR評價] [LWR evaluation]

對以Eop照射得到之LS圖案,於線之長邊方向測定10處的尺寸,由該結果求出標準偏差(σ)之3倍值(3σ)作為LWR。該值越小,則越會獲得粗糙度小且線寬均勻的圖案。 The dimension of the LS pattern obtained by irradiation with E op was measured at 10 points in the longitudinal direction of the line, and from the result, the triple value (3σ) of the standard deviation (σ) was obtained as LWR. The smaller the value, the more uniform a pattern with small roughness and line width will be obtained.

[缺陷密度評價] [Defect Density Evaluation]

利用缺陷檢查裝置KLA2800(KLA-Tencor公司製)檢查顯影後形成之圖案中的缺陷數,並依下式求出缺陷密度。 The number of defects in the pattern formed after development was inspected with a defect inspection apparatus KLA2800 (manufactured by KLA-Tencor), and the defect density was determined according to the following formula.

缺陷密度(個/cm2)=檢測到的總缺陷數/檢查面積 Defect density (pieces/cm 2 ) = total number of defects detected/inspection area

形成之圖案:50nm之1:1線與間距之重複圖案 Pattern formed: 1:1 line and space repeating pattern at 50nm

缺陷檢查條件:光源UV、檢查像素尺寸0.28μm、胞對胞(cell to cell)模式 Defect inspection conditions: light source UV, inspection pixel size 0.28μm, cell to cell mode

本評價中,良好:未達0.05個/cm2;不良:0.05個/cm2以上。 In this evaluation, good: less than 0.05 pieces/cm 2 ; bad: 0.05 pieces/cm 2 or more.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0160-181
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0160-181

由表4所示結果可知,含有本發明之鋶化合物作為光酸產生劑的化學增幅光阻組成物,感度良好,且EL、MEF及LWR亦優異。又,可知對於減少顯影缺陷亦係有效。因此,作為ArF浸潤微影材料係理想。 As can be seen from the results shown in Table 4, the chemically amplified photoresist composition containing the peronium compound of the present invention as a photoacid generator has good sensitivity, and is also excellent in EL, MEF, and LWR. Moreover, it turned out that it is effective also for reducing image development defects. Therefore, it is ideal as an ArF wet lithography material.

[5]光阻組成物的評價:ArF曝光圖案化評價(2) [5] Evaluation of photoresist composition: Evaluation of ArF exposure patterning (2)

[實施例4-1~4-19、比較例3-1~3-5] [Examples 4-1 to 4-19, Comparative Examples 3-1 to 3-5]

將各光阻組成物(R-18~R-36、R-50~R-54)旋塗在已成膜有180nm之信越化學工業(股)製旋塗式碳膜ODL-180(碳之含量為80質量%)且於其上已成膜有膜厚35nm之含矽之旋塗式硬遮罩SHB-A941(矽之含量為43質量%)的三層處理用之基板上,使用加熱板於100℃烘烤60秒,形成膜厚100nm之光阻膜。將其使用ArF準分子雷射浸潤掃描曝光機(Nikon(股)製NSR-S610C、NA=1.30、σ0.90/0.72、交叉極開口35度、Azimuthally偏光照明、6%半階度相位偏移遮罩、交叉極照明),邊改變曝光量與焦點(曝光量節距:1mJ/cm2、焦點節距:0.025μm)邊實施晶圓上尺寸為45nm、節距110nm之接觸孔圖案(CH圖案)的曝光,曝光後,於表5所示之溫度進行60秒PEB。此外,使用水作為浸潤液。之後,利用乙酸正丁酯實施30秒浸置顯影,以4-甲基-2-戊醇淋洗並進行旋乾,得到負型圖案。利用Hitachi High-Technologies(股)製測長SEM(CG4000)觀察顯影後之CH圖案,依下列方法評價感度、MEF、尺寸均勻性(CDU)及焦點深度(DOF)。結果示於表5。 Each photoresist composition (R-18~R-36, R-50~R-54) was spin-coated on the spin-coated carbon film ODL-180 (carbon content of 80% by mass) on a substrate for three-layer processing on which a silicon-containing spin-on hard mask SHB-A941 (silicon content of 43% by mass) with a film thickness of 35nm has been formed, using heating The board was baked at 100°C for 60 seconds to form a photoresist film with a thickness of 100nm. It was exposed to an ArF excimer laser immersion scanning exposure machine (NSR-S610C manufactured by Nikon Corporation, NA=1.30, σ0.90/0.72, cross-pole opening 35 degrees, Azimuthally polarized illumination, 6% half-order phase shift) Mask, cross-pole illumination), while changing the exposure amount and focus (exposure amount pitch: 1mJ/cm 2 , focus pitch: 0.025μm), a contact hole pattern with a size of 45nm and a pitch of 110nm on the wafer (CH pattern), and after exposure, PEB was performed at the temperatures shown in Table 5 for 60 seconds. In addition, water was used as the infiltration liquid. Then, immersion development was performed for 30 seconds with n-butyl acetate, rinsed with 4-methyl-2-pentanol, and spin-dried to obtain a negative pattern. The CH pattern after development was observed with a length measuring SEM (CG4000) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd., and the sensitivity, MEF, dimensional uniformity (CDU) and depth of focus (DOF) were evaluated according to the following methods. The results are shown in Table 5.

[感度評價] [Sensitivity evaluation]

就感度而言,求出獲得孔尺寸45nm、節距110nm之CH圖案的最適曝光量Eop(mJ/cm2)。該值越小,則感度越高。 In terms of sensitivity, the optimum exposure amount E op (mJ/cm 2 ) for obtaining a CH pattern with a hole size of 45 nm and a pitch of 110 nm was determined. The smaller the value, the higher the sensitivity.

[MEF評價] [MEF evaluation]

固定節距,改變遮罩的尺寸,觀察以Eop照射得到的各CH圖案。由遮罩之尺寸與CH圖案之尺寸的變化,依下式求出MEF之值。該值越接近1,則性能越良好。 The pitch was fixed, the size of the mask was changed, and each CH pattern obtained by irradiation with E op was observed. From the change in the size of the mask and the size of the CH pattern, the value of MEF is obtained according to the following formula. The closer the value is to 1, the better the performance.

MEF=(圖案之尺寸/遮罩之尺寸)-b MEF=(size of pattern/size of mask)-b

b:常數 b: constant

[CDU評價] [CDU evaluation]

針對以Eop照射得到之CH圖案,測定同一曝光批次(shot)內10處(每1處9個CH圖案)之尺寸,由該結果求出標準偏差(σ)之3倍值(3σ)作為CDU。該值越小,則CH圖案之尺寸均勻性越優異。 For the CH pattern irradiated with E op , the dimensions of 10 locations (9 CH patterns per location) in the same exposure shot were measured, and the triple value (3σ) of the standard deviation (σ) was obtained from the results. as a CDU. The smaller the value, the more excellent the dimensional uniformity of the CH pattern.

[DOF評價] [DOF Evaluation]

求出在前述CH圖案中之45nm之尺寸的±10%(41~49nm)之範圍形成之焦點範圍。該值越大,則焦點深度越寬廣。 The focus range formed in the range of ±10% (41 to 49 nm) of the size of 45 nm in the aforementioned CH pattern was obtained. The larger the value, the wider the depth of focus.

[殘膜率評價] [Residual film rate evaluation]

利用Hitachi High-Technologies(股)製測長SEM(S-4800)觀察以Eop照射得到之CH圖案的剖面,求出相對於旋塗後之膜厚100nm的膜厚作為殘膜率。該值越大,則殘膜率越優異。 The cross section of the CH pattern obtained by Eop irradiation was observed with a length measuring SEM (S-4800) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd., and the film thickness with respect to the film thickness after spin coating of 100 nm was determined as the residual film ratio. The larger the value, the more excellent the residual film ratio.

[表5]

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0163-182
[table 5]
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0163-182

由表5所示結果可知,含有本發明之鋶化合物作為光酸產生劑的化學增幅光阻組成物,即使在利用有機溶劑顯影之負圖案形成中,感度亦良好,且CDU、MEF、DOF優異。又,可知殘膜率亦優異。由上可知,本發明之光阻組成物在有機溶劑顯影處理中亦係有用。 From the results shown in Table 5, it can be seen that the chemically amplified photoresist composition containing the perium compound of the present invention as a photoacid generator has good sensitivity even in negative pattern formation by organic solvent development, and is excellent in CDU, MEF, and DOF. . In addition, it was found that the residual film ratio was also excellent. As can be seen from the above, the photoresist composition of the present invention is also useful in organic solvent development treatment.

[6]光阻組成物的評價:EB描繪評價 [6] Evaluation of photoresist composition: EB drawing evaluation

[實施例5-1~5-8、比較例4-1~4-8] [Examples 5-1 to 5-8, Comparative Examples 4-1 to 4-8]

在矽基板上塗布抗反射膜溶液(日產化學工業(股)製DUV-42),於200℃烘烤60秒,形成抗反射膜(膜厚61nm)。在前述抗反射膜上旋塗各光阻組成物(R-37~R-44、R-55~R-62),使用加熱板於100℃烘烤60秒,製作膜厚45nm之光阻膜。將其使用ELIONIX公司製EB描繪裝置ELS-F125(加速電壓125kV),邊使曝光量由50μC/cm2以步長5μC/cm2變化邊實施晶圓上尺寸為24nm、節距48nm之接觸孔圖案(CH圖案)的描繪,曝光後,於表6所示之溫度進行60秒PEB。之後,以2.38質量%之TMAH水溶液實施30秒浸置顯影,利用純水淋洗並旋乾,得到正型圖案。利用Hitachi High-Technologies(股)製測長SEM(S-9380)觀察顯影後之CH圖案,依下列方法評價感度、EL及CDU。結果示於表6。 An anti-reflection film solution (DUV-42 manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was coated on a silicon substrate, and baked at 200° C. for 60 seconds to form an anti-reflection film (film thickness 61 nm). Spin-coat each photoresist composition (R-37~R-44, R-55~R-62) on the aforementioned anti-reflection film, bake at 100°C for 60 seconds with a heating plate, and prepare a photoresist film with a film thickness of 45nm . Using the EB drawing device ELS-F125 (accelerating voltage 125kV) manufactured by ELIONIX, a contact hole with a size of 24 nm and a pitch of 48 nm was formed on the wafer while changing the exposure amount from 50 μC/cm 2 in steps of 5 μC/cm 2 . For the drawing of the pattern (CH pattern), after exposure, PEB was performed at the temperature shown in Table 6 for 60 seconds. Then, immersion development was performed for 30 seconds with a 2.38 mass % TMAH aqueous solution, rinsed with pure water, and spin-dried to obtain a positive pattern. The CH pattern after development was observed with a length-measuring SEM (S-9380) manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd., and the sensitivity, EL, and CDU were evaluated by the following methods. The results are shown in Table 6.

[感度評價] [Sensitivity evaluation]

就感度而言,求出獲得孔尺寸24nm、節距48nm之CH圖案的最適曝光量Eop(μC/cm2)。該值越小,則感度越高。 In terms of sensitivity, the optimum exposure amount E op (μC/cm 2 ) for obtaining a CH pattern with a hole size of 24 nm and a pitch of 48 nm was determined. The smaller the value, the higher the sensitivity.

[EL評價] [EL evaluation]

由在前述CH圖案中之24nm之孔尺寸的±10%(21.6~26.4nm)之範圍內形成的曝光量,依下式求出EL(單位:%)。 From the exposure amount formed in the range of ±10% (21.6 to 26.4 nm) of the hole size of 24 nm in the aforementioned CH pattern, EL (unit: %) was obtained according to the following formula.

EL(%)=(|E1-E2|/Eop)×100 EL(%)=(|E 1 -E 2 |/E op )×100

E1:形成孔尺寸21.6nm、節距48nm之CH圖案的最適曝光量 E 1 : Optimum exposure amount for forming a CH pattern with a hole size of 21.6 nm and a pitch of 48 nm

E2:形成孔尺寸26.4nm、節距48nm之CH圖案的最適曝光量 E 2 : Optimum exposure amount for forming a CH pattern with a hole size of 26.4 nm and a pitch of 48 nm

Eop:形成孔尺寸24nm、節距48nm之CH圖案的最適曝光量 E op : The optimum exposure amount for forming a CH pattern with a hole size of 24 nm and a pitch of 48 nm

[CDU評價] [CDU evaluation]

針對以Eop照射得到之CH圖案,測定同一曝光批次內10處(每1處9個CH圖案)之尺寸,由該結果求出標準偏差(σ)之3倍值(3σ)作為CDU。該值越小,則CH圖案之尺寸均勻性越優異。 For the CH pattern irradiated with E op , the dimensions of 10 locations (9 CH patterns per location) in the same exposure batch were measured, and from the results, three times the standard deviation (σ) (3σ) was obtained as CDU. The smaller the value, the more excellent the dimensional uniformity of the CH pattern.

Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0165-183
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0165-183

由表6所示結果可知,含有本發明之鋶化合物作為光酸產生劑的化學增幅光阻組成物,感度良好,且EL及CDU優異,適合作為EB微影材料及EUV微影材料。 From the results shown in Table 6, it can be seen that the chemically amplified photoresist composition containing the perionate compound of the present invention as a photoacid generator has good sensitivity, excellent EL and CDU, and is suitable as an EB lithography material and an EUV lithography material.

Figure 109110957-A0101-11-0002-3
Figure 109110957-A0101-11-0002-3

Claims (20)

一種鋶化合物,係以下式(A)表示;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0167-200
式中,Q1及Q2各自獨立地為氟原子或碳數1~6之氟化烷基;Q3及Q4各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或碳數1~6之氟化烷基;a為1~4之整數;b為1或2;c為0~3之整數;La1~La4各自獨立地為單鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵或胺基甲酸酯鍵;XL1及XL2各自獨立地為單鍵、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數2~40之2價烴基;Ra為氫原子、或亦可含有鹵素原子或氧原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基;Rb及Rc和相鄰的氧原子一起形成非環狀縮醛結構或環狀縮醛結構,該非環狀縮醛結構或環狀縮醛結構係選自於由下述結構構成之群組中之至少一者;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0168-185
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0169-186
R1為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~50之(a+1)價烴基;R2為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~50之1價烴基;R3為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~50之2價烴基;又,b=1時,R1與R2或R2與R3亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環,b=2時,R1與R3或2個R1亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環。
A peronium compound represented by the following formula (A);
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0167-200
In the formula, Q 1 and Q 2 are each independently a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Q 3 and Q 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms. base; a is an integer of 1 to 4; b is 1 or 2; c is an integer of 0 to 3; L a1 to L a4 are each independently a single bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, a sulfonate bond, and a carbonate bond or a urethane bond; XL1 and XL2 are each independently a single bond, or a divalent hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 2 to 40 that may contain heteroatoms; R a is a hydrogen atom, or may also contain a halogen atom or Monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms of oxygen atom; R b and R c and adjacent oxygen atoms together form an acyclic acetal structure or a cyclic acetal structure, the acyclic acetal structure or cyclic acetal The structure is selected from at least one of the group consisting of the following structures;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0168-185
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0169-186
R 1 is a (a+1)-valent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 50 carbon atoms that can also contain heteroatoms; R 2 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group that can also contain heteroatoms with 1 to 50 carbon atoms; R 3 can also contain heteroatoms A divalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 50 carbon atoms; and, when b=1, R 1 and R 2 or R 2 and R 3 can also bond with each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they bond, b=2 At the same time, R 1 and R 3 or two R 1 can also be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom to which they are bonded.
如請求項1之鋶化合物,係以下式(A-1)表示;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0169-187
式中,Q1~Q4、La1~La4、XL1、XL2、Ra、Rb、Rc、R2、R3、a、b及c與前述相同;Rd為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基;d為符合0≦d≦4且1≦a+d≦5之整數;d≧2時,各Rd可彼此相同也可不同,2個Rd亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之原子一起形成環。
As claimed in claim 1, the perionium compound is represented by the following formula (A-1);
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0169-187
In the formula, Q 1 ~Q 4 , L a1 ~ L a4 , XL1 , XL2 , R a , R b , R c , R 2 , R 3 , a, b and c are the same as above; R d can be Monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms containing heteroatoms; d is an integer satisfying 0≦d≦4 and 1≦a+d≦5; when d≧2, each R d may be the same or different from each other, and two R d R d can also be bonded to each other and form rings together with the atoms to which they are bonded.
如請求項2之鋶化合物,係以下式(A-2)表示;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0170-188
式中,Q1~Q4、La1~La4、XL1、XL2、Ra~Rd、a、b、c及d與前述相同;Re及Rf各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基;e為0~5之整數;f為0~4之整數;e≧2時,各Re可彼此相同也可不同,2個Re亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之原子一起形成環;f≧2時,各Rf可彼此相同也可不同,2個Rf亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之原子一起形成環。
The peronium compound of claim 2 is represented by the following formula (A-2);
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0170-188
In the formula, Q 1 ~Q 4 , L a1 ~ L a4 , XL1 , XL2 , R a ~R d , a, b, c and d are the same as above; Re and R f are each independently or may contain Monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1-20 carbon atoms of heteroatoms; e is an integer of 0-5; f is an integer of 0-4; when e≧2, each R e may be the same or different from each other, and two R e may also be They are bonded to each other and form a ring together with the atoms to which they are bonded; when f≧2, each R f can be the same or different from each other, and 2 R f can also be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the atoms to which they are bonded .
如請求項3之鋶化合物,係以下式(A-3)表示;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0170-201
式中,Q1~Q3、La1~La4、XL1、XL2、Ra~Rf、a、b、d、e及f與前述相同。
The peronium compound of claim 3 is represented by the following formula (A-3);
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0170-201
In the formula, Q 1 to Q 3 , L a1 to L a4 , XL1 , XL2 , R a to R f , a, b, d, e and f are the same as described above.
一種光酸產生劑,係由如請求項1至4中任一項之鋶化合物構成。 A photoacid generator comprising the perionium compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4. 一種化學增幅光阻組成物,含有:如請求項5之光酸產生劑;及含有下式(a1)或(a2)表示之重複單元之基礎樹脂;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0171-190
式中,RA各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基;ZA為單鍵、伸苯基、伸萘基或(主鏈)-C(=O)-O-ZA1-,ZA1為亦可含有羥基、醚鍵、酯鍵或內酯環之碳數1~10之烷二基、或伸苯基或伸萘基;ZB為單鍵或(主鏈)-C(=O)-O-;XA及XB各自獨立地為酸不穩定基;R11為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基;n為0~4之整數。
A chemically amplified photoresist composition comprising: a photoacid generator as claimed in claim 5; and a base resin containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (a1) or (a2);
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0171-190
In the formula, R A is each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group; Z A is a single bond, a phenylene extension, a naphthylene group or (main chain)-C(=O)-OZ A1 -, Z A1 is an alkanediyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a phenylene extension or a naphthylene group that can also contain a hydroxyl group, an ether bond, an ester bond or a lactone ring; Z B is a single bond or (main chain)- C(=O)-O-; X A and X B are each independently an acid-labile group; R 11 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1-20 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom; n is an integer of 0-4.
如請求項6之化學增幅光阻組成物,其中,該基礎樹脂更含有下式(b1)或(b2)表示之重複單元;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0171-191
式中,RA各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基;YA為氫原子、或含有選自羥基、氰基、羰基、羧基、醚鍵、酯鍵、磺酸酯鍵、碳酸酯鍵、內酯環、磺內酯環及羧酸酐中之至少1個以上之結構的極性基;m為1或2。
The chemically amplified photoresist composition of claim 6, wherein the base resin further contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (b1) or (b2);
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0171-191
In the formula, R A is each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group; Polar group of at least one structure among ester bond, carbonate bond, lactone ring, sultone ring and carboxylic acid anhydride; m is 1 or 2.
如請求項6或7之化學增幅光阻組成物,其中,該基礎樹脂更含有選自下式(c1)~(c3)表示之重複單元中之至少1種;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0172-192
式中,RA各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基;Z1為單鍵、伸苯基、-O-Z11-、-C(=O)-O-Z11-或-C(=O)-NH-Z11-;Z11為碳數1~20之烷二基、碳數2~20之烯二基或伸苯基,亦可含有羰基、酯鍵、醚鍵或羥基;Z2為單鍵、或-Z21-C(=O)-O-;Z21為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之2價烴基;Z3為單鍵、亞甲基、伸乙基、伸苯基、氟化伸苯基、-O-Z31-、-C(=O)-O-Z31-或-C(=O)-NH-Z31-;Z31為碳數1~6之烷二基、碳數2~6之烯二基或伸苯基,亦可含有羰基、酯鍵、醚鍵或羥基;R21及R22各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基;R21與R22亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環;M-為非親核性相對離子;A+為銨陽離子、鋶陽離子或錪陽離子。
The chemically amplified photoresist composition of claim 6 or 7, wherein the base resin further contains at least one kind of repeating units selected from the following formulae (c1) to (c3);
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0172-192
In the formula, R A is each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group; Z 1 is a single bond, a phenylene group, -OZ 11 -, -C(=O)-OZ 11 - or - C(=O)-NH-Z 11 -; Z 11 is an alkanediyl group with a carbon number of 1 to 20, an alkenediyl group with a carbon number of 2 to 20 or a phenylene group, and may also contain a carbonyl group, an ester bond, an ether bond or Hydroxyl; Z 2 is a single bond, or -Z 21 -C(=O)-O-; Z 21 is a divalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms that can also contain heteroatoms; Z 3 is a single bond, a methylene group , ethylidene, phenylene, fluorinated phenylene, -OZ 31 -, -C(=O)-OZ 31 - or -C(=O)-NH-Z 31 -; Z 31 is carbon number 1 Alkanediyl of ~6, alkenediyl of 2 to 6 carbons, or phenylene, may also contain carbonyl, ester bond, ether bond or hydroxyl; R 21 and R 22 are each independently a carbon that may also contain heteroatoms A monovalent hydrocarbon group of 1 to 20; R 21 and R 22 can also be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom they are bonded to; M - is a non-nucleophilic relative ion; A + is an ammonium cation, a strontium cation or iodonium cation.
如請求項6或7之化學增幅光阻組成物,更含有有機溶劑。 The chemically amplified photoresist composition of claim 6 or 7 further contains an organic solvent. 如請求項6或7之化學增幅光阻組成物,更含有如申請專利範圍第5項之光酸產生劑以外之其他光酸產生劑。 The chemically amplified photoresist composition as claimed in claim 6 or 7 further contains other photoacid generators than the photoacid generator as claimed in claim 5. 如請求項10之化學增幅光阻組成物,其中,該其他光酸產生劑以下式(1)或(2)表示;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0173-194
式中,R101、R102及R103各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之1價烴基;又,R101、R102及R103中之任2者亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環;X-為選自下式(1A)~(1D)之陰離子;R fa -CF 2 -SO 3 - (1A)
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0173-195
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0173-196
式中,Rfa、Rfb1、Rfb2、Rfc1、Rfc2及Rfc3各自獨立地為氟原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基;又,Rfb1與Rfb2、及Rfc1與Rfc2亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之碳原子及此等間的原子一起形成環;Rfd為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0173-193
式中,R201及R202各自獨立地為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~30之1價烴基;R203為亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~30之2價烴基;又,R201、R202及R203中之任2者亦可彼此鍵結並和它們所鍵結之硫原子一起形成環;LA為單鍵、醚鍵、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~20之2價烴基;Xa、Xb、Xc及Xd各自獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或三氟甲基,但Xa、Xb、Xc及Xd中之至少1者為氟原子或三氟甲基。
The chemically amplified photoresist composition of claim 10, wherein the other photoacid generator is represented by the following formula (1) or (2);
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0173-194
In the formula, R 101 , R 102 and R 103 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may also contain a hetero atom; and any two of R 101 , R 102 and R 103 may be bonded to each other. Combine and form a ring together with the sulfur atom they are bonded to; X - is an anion selected from the following formulas (1A)~(1D); R fa -CF 2 -SO 3 - (1A)
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0173-195
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0173-196
In the formula, R fa , R fb1 , R fb2 , R fc1 , R fc2 and R fc3 are each independently a fluorine atom, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 40 carbon atoms that may also contain heteroatoms; and R fb1 and R fb2 , and R fc1 and R fc2 can also be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded and the atoms in between; R fd is a monovalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 40 carbon atoms that may also contain heteroatoms ;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0173-193
In the formula, R 201 and R 202 are each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 1 to 30 that can also contain a heteroatom; R 203 is a divalent hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 1 to 30 that can also contain a heteroatom; and, R Any 2 of 201 , R 202 and R 203 can also be bonded to each other and form a ring together with the sulfur atom they are bonded to; L A is a single bond, an ether bond, or a carbon number 1~ A divalent hydrocarbon group of 20; X a , X b , X c and X d are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a trifluoromethyl group, but at least one of X a , X b , X c and X d is Fluorine atom or trifluoromethyl group.
如請求項6或7之化學增幅光阻組成物,更含有下式(3)或(4)表示之化合物;
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0174-197
式中,Rq1為氫原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基,但磺基之α位之碳原子所鍵結的氫原子經氟原子或氟烷基取代者除外;Rq2為氫原子、或亦可含有雜原子之碳數1~40之1價烴基;Mq+為鎓陽離子。
As claimed in claim 6 or 7, the chemically amplified photoresist composition further contains a compound represented by the following formula (3) or (4);
Figure 109110957-A0305-02-0174-197
In the formula, R q1 is a hydrogen atom, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 1 to 40 that may also contain a heteroatom, but the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom at the α position of the sulfo group is substituted by a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group Except; R q2 is a hydrogen atom, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group with a carbon number of 1 to 40 that can also contain a hetero atom; Mq + is an onium cation.
如請求項6或7之化學增幅光阻組成物,更含有胺化合物。 The chemically amplified photoresist composition of claim 6 or 7 further contains an amine compound. 如請求項6或7之化學增幅光阻組成物,更含有不溶或難溶於水但可溶於鹼顯影液的界面活性劑、及/或不溶或難溶於水及鹼顯影液的界面活性劑。 As claimed in claim 6 or 7, the chemically amplified photoresist composition further contains a surfactant that is insoluble or poorly soluble in water but soluble in an alkaline developer, and/or is insoluble or poorly soluble in water and an alkaline developer. agent. 一種圖案形成方法,包含下列步驟:使用如請求項6至14中任一項之化學增幅光阻組成物在基板上形成光阻膜;將該光阻膜利用KrF準分子雷射光、ArF準分子雷射光、電子束或極紫外線進行曝光;及使用顯影液對該經曝光之光阻膜進行顯影。 A pattern forming method, comprising the following steps: forming a photoresist film on a substrate using the chemically amplified photoresist composition according to any one of claims 6 to 14; using KrF excimer laser light, ArF excimer laser light for the photoresist film Expose with laser light, electron beam or extreme ultraviolet ray; and develop the exposed photoresist film with a developing solution. 如請求項15之圖案形成方法,係使用鹼水溶液作為顯影液,使曝光部溶解,得到未曝光部不溶解的正型圖案。 As in the pattern forming method of claim 15, an alkaline aqueous solution is used as a developing solution to dissolve the exposed portion to obtain a positive pattern in which the unexposed portion is insoluble. 如請求項15之圖案形成方法,係使用有機溶劑作為顯影液,使未曝光部溶解,得到曝光部不溶解的負型圖案。 As in the pattern forming method of claim 15, an organic solvent is used as a developing solution to dissolve the unexposed part to obtain a negative pattern in which the exposed part does not dissolve. 如請求項17之圖案形成方法,其中,該有機溶劑係選自2-辛酮、2-壬酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、4-庚酮、2-己酮、3-己酮、二異丁基酮、甲基環己酮、苯乙酮、甲基苯乙酮、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸戊酯、乙酸丁烯酯、乙酸異戊酯、甲酸丙酯、甲酸丁酯、甲酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、甲酸異戊酯、戊酸甲酯、戊烯酸甲酯、巴豆酸甲酯、巴豆酸乙酯、丙酸甲酯、丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丙酯、乳酸丁酯、乳酸異丁酯、乳酸戊酯、乳酸異戊酯、2-羥基異丁酸甲酯、2-羥基異丁酸乙酯、苯甲酸甲酯、苯甲酸乙酯、乙酸苯酯、乙酸苄酯、苯基乙酸甲酯、甲酸苄酯、甲酸苯基乙酯、3-苯基丙酸甲酯、丙酸苄酯、苯基乙酸乙酯及乙酸2-苯基乙酯中之至少1種。 The pattern forming method of claim 17, wherein the organic solvent is selected from the group consisting of 2-octanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, 3-hexanone Ketone, Diisobutylketone, Methylcyclohexanone, Acetophenone, Methylacetophenone, Propyl Acetate, Butyl Acetate, Isobutyl Acetate, Amyl Acetate, Butenyl Acetate, Isoamyl Acetate , propyl formate, butyl formate, isobutyl formate, amyl formate, isoamyl formate, methyl valerate, methyl pentenoate, methyl crotonate, ethyl crotonate, methyl propionate, propyl Ethyl Lactate, Ethyl 3-Ethoxypropionate, Methyl Lactate, Ethyl Lactate, Propyl Lactate, Butyl Lactate, Isobutyl Lactate, Amyl Lactate, Isoamyl Lactate, 2-Hydroxyisobutyric Acid methyl ester, ethyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, phenyl acetate, benzyl acetate, phenyl methyl acetate, benzyl formate, phenylethyl formate, 3-phenyl At least one of methyl propionate, benzyl propionate, ethyl phenylacetate and 2-phenylethyl acetate. 如請求項15至18中任一項之圖案形成方法,其中,該曝光係將折射率1.0以上之液體插入在光阻膜與投影透鏡之間而進行的浸潤式曝光。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 15 to 18, wherein the exposure is immersion exposure performed by inserting a liquid having a refractive index of 1.0 or more between the photoresist film and the projection lens. 如請求項19之圖案形成方法,其中,在該光阻膜之上進一步形成保護膜,在該保護膜與投影透鏡之間插入該液體並進行浸潤式曝光。 The pattern forming method of claim 19, wherein a protective film is further formed on the photoresist film, the liquid is inserted between the protective film and the projection lens, and immersion exposure is performed.
TW109110957A 2019-04-05 2020-03-31 Sulfonium compound, chemically amplified resist composition, and patterning process TWI773975B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-072757 2019-04-05
JP2019072757A JP7111047B2 (en) 2019-04-05 2019-04-05 Sulfonium compound, chemically amplified resist composition, and pattern forming method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202043193A TW202043193A (en) 2020-12-01
TWI773975B true TWI773975B (en) 2022-08-11

Family

ID=72662278

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109110957A TWI773975B (en) 2019-04-05 2020-03-31 Sulfonium compound, chemically amplified resist composition, and patterning process

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US11687000B2 (en)
JP (1) JP7111047B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102381822B1 (en)
CN (1) CN111793054B (en)
TW (1) TWI773975B (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6950357B2 (en) * 2017-08-24 2021-10-13 信越化学工業株式会社 Sulfonium compound, resist composition and pattern forming method
JP7357505B2 (en) * 2018-11-21 2023-10-06 信越化学工業株式会社 Iodine-containing thermosetting silicon-containing material, composition for forming a resist underlayer film for EUV lithography containing the same, and pattern forming method
JP7147687B2 (en) * 2019-05-27 2022-10-05 信越化学工業株式会社 Molecular resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP7368324B2 (en) 2019-07-23 2023-10-24 信越化学工業株式会社 Composition for forming silicon-containing resist underlayer film and pattern forming method
WO2022102190A1 (en) * 2020-11-12 2022-05-19 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern formation method
JP7709990B2 (en) * 2021-01-08 2025-07-17 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive composition and method for forming resist pattern
CN116500860A (en) * 2022-01-27 2023-07-28 信越化学工业株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014114225A (en) * 2012-12-07 2014-06-26 Dsp Gokyo Food & Chemical Co Ltd Novel sulfonium salt, production method of the same, and photoacid generator
JP2015060034A (en) * 2013-09-18 2015-03-30 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist pattern formation method and radiation-sensitive acid generator
TW201821402A (en) * 2016-10-17 2018-06-16 Toyo Gosei Co Ltd Composition and method for manufacturing device using same
TWI637939B (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-10-11 日商信越化學工業股份有限公司 Sulfonium compound, resist composition, and patterning process

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5580694A (en) 1994-06-27 1996-12-03 International Business Machines Corporation Photoresist composition with androstane and process for its use
US7579497B2 (en) 2005-03-30 2009-08-25 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Salt suitable for an acid generator and a chemically amplified resist composition containing the same
JP4816921B2 (en) 2005-04-06 2011-11-16 信越化学工業株式会社 Novel sulfonate and derivative thereof, photoacid generator, resist material and pattern forming method using the same
JP4554665B2 (en) 2006-12-25 2010-09-29 富士フイルム株式会社 PATTERN FORMATION METHOD, POSITIVE RESIST COMPOSITION FOR MULTIPLE DEVELOPMENT USED FOR THE PATTERN FORMATION METHOD, NEGATIVE DEVELOPMENT SOLUTION USED FOR THE PATTERN FORMATION METHOD, AND NEGATIVE DEVELOPMENT RINSE SOLUTION USED FOR THE PATTERN FORMATION METHOD
JP4982288B2 (en) 2007-04-13 2012-07-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern formation method
JP5011018B2 (en) 2007-04-13 2012-08-29 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern formation method
JP5317181B2 (en) 2008-12-05 2013-10-16 コニシ株式会社 Polyurethane particles and method for producing polyurethane particles
JP5969171B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2016-08-17 ローム アンド ハース エレクトロニック マテリアルズ エルエルシーRohm and Haas Electronic Materials LLC Photoacid generator and photoresist containing the same
JP2013008020A (en) 2011-05-25 2013-01-10 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Resist composition
JP5865725B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2016-02-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and resist film, and method for producing electronic device using them
JP5723802B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2015-05-27 富士フイルム株式会社 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method and resist film using the composition, and electronic device manufacturing method using the same
JP6130109B2 (en) 2012-05-30 2017-05-17 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition, resist pattern forming method, compound
JP6155013B2 (en) 2012-11-19 2017-06-28 東京応化工業株式会社 Resist composition and resist pattern forming method
JP6201564B2 (en) 2013-09-24 2017-09-27 住友化学株式会社 Salt, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
US9229322B2 (en) 2013-10-31 2016-01-05 Alex Phillip Graham Robinson Composition of matter and molecular resist made therefrom
JP6384424B2 (en) * 2014-09-04 2018-09-05 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist composition and pattern forming method
JP6370265B2 (en) 2015-07-09 2018-08-08 信越化学工業株式会社 Polymerizable monomer, polymer compound, positive resist material, and pattern forming method
JP6948880B2 (en) 2016-09-07 2021-10-13 住友化学株式会社 Method for producing salt, acid generator, resist composition and resist pattern
JP6780602B2 (en) * 2017-07-31 2020-11-04 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist composition and pattern forming method
JP7147687B2 (en) * 2019-05-27 2022-10-05 信越化学工業株式会社 Molecular resist composition and pattern forming method using the same

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014114225A (en) * 2012-12-07 2014-06-26 Dsp Gokyo Food & Chemical Co Ltd Novel sulfonium salt, production method of the same, and photoacid generator
JP2015060034A (en) * 2013-09-18 2015-03-30 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist pattern formation method and radiation-sensitive acid generator
TWI637939B (en) * 2016-08-31 2018-10-11 日商信越化學工業股份有限公司 Sulfonium compound, resist composition, and patterning process
TW201821402A (en) * 2016-10-17 2018-06-16 Toyo Gosei Co Ltd Composition and method for manufacturing device using same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2020169157A (en) 2020-10-15
TW202043193A (en) 2020-12-01
KR20200117906A (en) 2020-10-14
CN111793054B (en) 2023-07-07
US20200319550A1 (en) 2020-10-08
JP7111047B2 (en) 2022-08-02
US11687000B2 (en) 2023-06-27
KR102381822B1 (en) 2022-03-31
CN111793054A (en) 2020-10-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI754884B (en) Novel onium salt, chemically amplified resist composition, and patterning process
TWI649412B (en) Novel carboxylic acid cerium salt, chemically amplified photoresist composition and pattern forming method
TWI773975B (en) Sulfonium compound, chemically amplified resist composition, and patterning process
TWI552987B (en) Photoacid generator, chemically amplified photoresist material and pattern forming method
TWI498677B (en) Patterning process and resist composition
KR101943220B1 (en) Sulfonium compound, resist composition, and pattern forming process
TWI749563B (en) Molecular resist composition and patterning process
TW202019862A (en) Onium salt, resist composition, and pattern forming process
TW202222782A (en) Sulfonium salt, chemically amplified resist composition, and patterning process
TWI717099B (en) Novel salt compound, chemically amplified resist composition, and patterning process
TWI749380B (en) Novel onium salt, resist composition, and patterning process
TW202323249A (en) Amine compound, chemically amplified resist composition, and patterning process
KR20240067030A (en) Amine compound, chemically amplified resist composition and patterning process
TW202321411A (en) Chemically amplified resist composition and patterning process
CN120652740A (en) Resist composition and pattern forming method
JP2024160436A (en) Onium salt, chemically amplified resist composition and pattern forming method